Home

Owner`s Manual - Infiniti Owner Portal

1. The amount of Plasmacluster ion in creases according to the amount of air flow When the air flow is high P asf is displayed on the screen and when the air flow is low the indication in the screen 99 changes to Pan Ea Plasmacluster and Plasmacluster ion are trademarks of Sharp Corporation OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate This is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up air will flow nor mally from the foot outlets 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SIC2768 JVHO039X The sensors A and on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant tempera ture Do not put anything on or around this sensor LINKING INTELLIGENT KEY The Climate control system settings can be memorized for each Intelligent Key For more details see Setting memory func tion in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section IN CABIN MICROFILTER Without Forest Air system The climate control system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust allergen such as pollen tick shell etc To make sure that the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To repl
2. 1112 13 14 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 39 AFS switch if so equipped P 2 37 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 34 Trip computer switch P 2 26 5 SSI0689 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip od ometer P 2 7 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 5 98 10 11 12 13 14 Rear sunshade switch if so equipped P 2 57 Steering heater equipped P 2 40 Trunk lid release switch P 3 19 Warning systems switch if so equipped P 5 22 P 5 31 P 5 82 IBA OFF switch if so equipped P 5 86 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel lever P 3 23 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Menu control switch models with navigation system Audio tuning switch models without navigation system P 4 87 BACK switch models with naviga tion system P 4 87 TALK switch P 4 114 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem models with navigation system P 4 89 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem models without navigation sys tem P 4 100 Volume control switch P 4 87 Audio source switch P 4 48 switch if so Instruments and controls 2 3 15 Steering wheel Horn P 2 41 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 39 Heated steering wheel if so equipped P 2 40 16 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 45 Inte
3. VK56VD ENGINE To remove the engine compartment cover unhook the clips located as illustrated Loosen the bolts A and then pull the cover upward Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 OS E N a Battery Fuse fusible link holder Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Window washer fluid reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Air cleaner Radiator filler cap Engine coolant reservoir 10 Engine oil dipstick 11 Drive belts 12 Fuse fusible link holder SDI2551 VQ37VHR ENGINE To remove the engine compartment cover unhook the clips located as illustrated Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 SDI2537 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Battery Fuse fusible link holder Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Window washer fluid reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Air cleaner Radiator filler cap Engine coolant reservoir 10 Engine oil dipstick 11 Drive belts 12 Fuse fusible link holder 000 NOS OY 2 Ut Ea ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not neces sary
4. Go Back SAA2585 Connect Phone e Add Phone Use the Pair Phone command to con nect a compatible phone to the Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth cellular phone enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones connected Up to 5 phones can be connected If the user tries to connect a sixth phone the system announces that the user must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If the user tries to connect a phone that has already been connected to the vehicle system the system announces the name that the phone is already using The connecting procedure will then be cancelled The Add Phone command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones connected with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks the user to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or a new phone is selected Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives the option to delete a spec
5. Incoming Call or Outgoing Call key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller e Automatic Hold When this function is activated an incoming phone call is automatically held e Vehicle Ringtone When this function is activated a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call Auto Download When this item is activated the phonebook of a hands free phone is automatically downloaded at the same time that the hands free phone is connected When this item is active the system will automatically re download the entries re gistered in the connected phone even if you attempt to delete the entries 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system later in this section page 4 114 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone System fails to interpret the command correctly 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example
6. Telephone Menu 0 00 Af Callback tij a name me e tij Redial tij Help PHONE SETTINGS Call e a name If there are entries stored in the Phone Book a number associated with a name and location can be dialed See Phone book registration in this sec tion to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks the user to choose the location 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Once the name and location are con firmed the system begins the call Number When prompted by the system speak the number to call Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number of outgoing calls The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no num ber to redial and ends the VR session Callback Use the Callback command to call the last number in incoming calls The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If an incoming call number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session Help The system announces the available commands Telephone Menu 0 00 E Phonebook 4 lf Delete Entry tij a name tij Help tl Tra
7. To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To program a garage door opener equipped 2 62 Instruments and controls with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button SIC3612 1 To begin push and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the mem ory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both but tons 2 Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other programmed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate If the indica
8. e When the outside air circulation mode is on push and hold the outside air circulation button for more than 2 seconds e When the air recirculation mode is on push and hold the air recirculation gt button for more than 2 seconds When setting the automatic control mode both indicator lights will blink twice indicating that the system is in the automatic control mode Air flow control Pushing the 7 button selects the air outlet to j Air flows from center and side ventilators X Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets 2 Air flows mainly from foot outlets s Air flows from defroster and foot outlets Climate Front AIC DUAL Upper Vent 75 F ri AUTOS Par 75 SAA3002 Models with navigation system E Climate AIC DUAL Upper Vent JVHO054M Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 CLIMATE setting screen Climate control settings can be changed on the screen Push the CLIMATE button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the Climate mode Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the CLIMATE button to on 2 If the A C indicator on the screen illuminates select the A C key The A C indicator will turn off 3 Push the
9. e Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury e Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada VQ37VHR engine SCE0886 SCE0884 AX WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles and to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated O gt gt gt For models with a steering wheel
10. 2 66 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking with mechanical key cceseeeeee 3 4 Opening and closing windows with the Mechanical Key ccsssssccsesscceessceeeseeeeeseeees 3 5 Locking with inside lock knob eee eeeeee 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 3 5 Automatic door lOckS cceecceeeseceeeeseeeeeeees 3 6 Child safety rear door lock e ee eeceeeeeeeee eee 3 6 Intelligent Key system ccececcessesceeeseeeeeseeeeees 3 7 Intelligent Key operating range eeeeeeeee 3 8 Door locks unlocks precaution ccceeeeeee 3 9 Intelligent Key operation ce eeeeceeeeeeee eee 3 10 Battery Saver system ceeeeceeeeeeeeseesesees 3 11 Warning Sigmals ccceescsceseseceeeseceeesseeeees 3 12 Troubleshooting Quide ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 13 Remote keyless entry SySteM ceeeesceeeeeeeeee 3 14 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 14 HOO AAEE E E E EAS AE E E cveseevesauceueavevases 3 18 Trunk liane eiea i E S E E 3 18 Trunk lid release switch ssensseesssesseeessseess 3 19 Trunk open request switch eessseessseesssssse 3 19 Opening with key eessssessessesssssssssssssssessos 3 19 Trunk open button sssessseesssessssesssessssessseesss 3 19 Trunk release power cancel switch 3 20 Interior trunk lid release ee ceeeeeee eens 3
11. A C indicator illuminates select the A C key The A C indicator will turn off 4 Push the temperature control button to set the desired temperature e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Doing so may cause the temperature to not to be controlled properly e Ifthe windows fog up use dehumidified heating instead of A C off heating Dual control mode setting You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature and air flow mode using each temperature control or manual air flow control button 1 Push the CLIMATE button to on 2 By selecting the DUAL key or when the passenger side temperature control button or manual air control button is pushed the DUAL indicator on the screen will illuminate 3 To turn off the passenger side tempera ture control select the DUAL key and the DUAL indicator will turn off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 e The Dual control mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode gy Automatic upper ventilator system 1 Push the CLIMATE button to on 2 Select the Upper Vent key and the indicator on the screen will illuminate The air flow against the driver s or passenger s upper body becomes gen tle In this mode air from the center ventilators flows both straight and upward in order to control
12. CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped H BRAKE OF gt SERVICE 4 BONE amp AWD 4was 2 10 Instruments and controls Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange Lane departure warning light orange Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light CRUISE Preview Function warning light orange A va Seat belt warning light and chime ey ry Supplemental air bag warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light Adaptive Front lighting System AFS off indicator light Automatic transmission AT position indi cator light Blind Spot Intervention BSI ON indicator light green CRUISE The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped A aps Or ok BH B U Eco fm amp If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open ECO ECO drive indicator light 2D Front fog light indicator light EA Fay Front passenger air bag status light D High beam indicator light IBA OFF Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indica F a a to
13. CRUISE T MPH PINT TS When the SET COAST switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set and the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2 seconds e When traveling below 20 MPH 32 km h and the vehicle ahead is not detected e When the selector lever is not in the D or Manual mode e When the windshield wipers are operat ing at high speed HI If the vehicle is equipped with a rain sensing auto wiper the system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position e When the parking brake is applied e When the brakes are operated by the driver CRUISE When the SET COAST switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set A warning chime will sound and the ICC indicators will blink e When the drive mode select switch is turned to the SNOW mode To use the ICC system turn the drive mode select switch to a mode other than the SNOW mode push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC switch by pressing the MAIN switch again For details about the INFINITI drive mode selector see INFINITI drive mode selector earlier in this section When the VDC system is off To use the ICC system turn on the VDC system Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN switch again For details about the VDC system see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC sys tem later in this section When A
14. Maintenance Engine Oil Maintenance due for Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting SAA3003 Models with navigation system SAA1611 Models without navigation system The Reminder will be automatically dis played when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position The reminder will not appear while driving Select the OK key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive To stop the reminder from appearing perform one of the following actions e Select the Reset Distance key e Deactivate the Reminder e Increase the Interval distance to be more than the current distance being tracked Information Others Navigation Version GPS Position Voice Recognition Shows navigation software version SAA3145 Others information models with navigation system The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and select ing the Others key Navigation Version For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual When the ignition switch is in the ignition position the Navigation Version key is displayed after pushing the INFO button GPS Position For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Voice Recognition For the details of this item see INFINIT
15. This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position If this indicator appears push the push button ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left 3 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle 2 22 Instruments and controls Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recog nized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Key See Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for more details 4 SHIFT P warning This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning appears move the selector lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion 5 PUSH warning This warning appears when the selector lever is move
16. Vehicle informa tion and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni tion systems section the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off AQ CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will also turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illumi nated to prevent the battery from becom ing discharged TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will turn off The light will also turn off after 30 minutes when the light remains illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the func tions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and s
17. WINDOW WASHER FLUID AX WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season adda windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent Ay CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer re
18. 1 69 43 1 18 30 o 0 Pressure PSI kPa Cold 33 230 60 420 Technical and consumer information 9 9 DIMENSIONS Overall length with front license plate Overall length without front license plate Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase 1 Two Wheel Drive 2WD 18 in tire models 2 Two Wheel Drive 2WD 20 in tire models 3 Intelligent All Wheel Drive AWD models 9 10 Technical and consumer information in mm 194 7 4 945 194 5 4 940 72 6 1 845 59 1 1 500 1 2 59 6 1 515 3 62 0 1 575 61 8 1 570 1 2 61 6 1 565 3 114 2 2 900 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regula tions The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another cou
19. 2 13 Low tire pressure warning light 2 14 Master warning light Illustrated table of contents Warning CRUISE A iva Indicator light P 1 Preview Function warning light 2 15 orange LA Seat belt warning light and chime oe Supplemental air bag warning 2 16 light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC 2 16 warning light Adaptive Front lighting System 2 16 AFS off indicator light Name Page Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light 2 17 Blind Spot Intervention BSI ON indicator light 2 17 green ECO drive indicator light 2 17 Front fog light indicator light 2 17 Front passenger air bag status light 2 17 High beam indicator light 2 17 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light 2 17 Lane Departure Prevention 2 18 LDP ON indicator light green Indicator Name light SEINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL C amp D Security indicator light pdz Low beam indicator light green ary Turn signal hazard indicator lights gt Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF off indicator light ke if so equipped 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system EIET e E E E ceil oekes 1 2 Front SCAatSs css ooie sirereree teeserva TERTE ETETEAK 1 3 Head restraints srin irekereser cesia Etera 1 4 Ad
20. Bluetooth Audio Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Shuffle OFF Repeat OFF 0 11 Menu gt Play _ 1 Pause SAA2510 Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode If the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth audio device was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth audio device The ability to pause change tracks fast forward rewind randomize and repeat music may be different between devices Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 pisc aux DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the Bluetooth audio device connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the Bluetooth audio device is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the Bluetooth audio mode eres Next Previous Track and Fast For ward Rewind When the or i4 button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the Bluetooth audio device will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Bluetooth audio device will return to normal play speed When the or i4 button is pushed fo
21. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended proce dures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation AQ CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections earlier in this section before installing a chi
22. Child restraints later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints later in this section for more information INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year
23. Instruments and controls Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened However it must be closed manually Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the switch to the tilt up position and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the switch to the tilt down position 2 56 Instruments and controls Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the switch to the open or close position and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Auto reverse function AX WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing the moonroof will be immediately opened The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the moonroof cannot be closed auto matically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction push and hold the moonroof switch to the close position Depending on th
24. Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indicator light 2 18 Lane Departure Prevention LDP system 5 26 Lane departure warning LDW system 5 23 Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system ee0 5 22 Lane departure warning light eesse 2 13 LATCH Systemi sicesssccssessdosesscersacesvencasooundessosesess 1 22 License plate Installing front license plate eee 9 14 Light Air bag warning light 20 0 ee eeseeeeeeeeeeeee 1 52 Bulb replacement wee 8 31 Fog light switch wee 2 39 Headlight switch eeseesceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeenee 2 35 Headlights bulb replacement cseeeee 8 31 Indicator lights 0 0 ces cesssesssesseeeseeeeeseeseeenee 2 16 Interior light control switch ee eeeeeeeeeeee 2 60 Interior lights 06 wee 2 59 Map lights vee 2 59 Personal lights 2 59 Replacement 8 31 Trunk light vee 2 61 Vanity mirror lights ccccsscscseeeeseeeeenee 2 61 Warning indicator lights and audible reMINders ceseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeee 2 11 Xenon headlights ssessessesseceeseeeenee 2 34 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement 8 32 Linking intelligent key Loading information See vehicle loading information Lock Automatic door locks eeeessessseeeeeneeeneees 3 6 Door locks 0645 we 3 4 Power door lock 3 4 Trunk lid eseese 3 18
25. Manual Controls en aucaiy 7 qu you pea Say the last four digits or say Change Please say Dial or say Change the number using the 3 3 4 format In Number AAt AA E E Number S this case please say the area code first To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch and then follow the prompts e Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers WY Dial SAA2540 A e If the system does not recognize your 8 The system announces Please say the 10 The system announces Dial or Change command please try repeating the last four digits or say change number Number command using a natural voice Speak 9 Speak 6 2 0 0 11 Speak Dial ing too slow or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance 12 The system makes a call to 800 662 6200 Note e You can also speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 continuous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit grouping is recommended for improved recognition See How to speak num bers earlier in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 Voice Recognition LS Y Cy Phoe 4 Information J Audio uj Hell Voice Recognition Phone Yull E Y 4 Dial Number a Niehicle Phonebook 4 Hands
26. Rewritable compact discs CD RW e Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges e This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs e If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DVD Digital Versatile Disc player models with navigation system e Do not force a compact disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humid ity If this occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger c
27. Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or elim inate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone anten na etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark FCC Regulatory information owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc e CAUTION To maintain compliance with Bluetooth u s A and licensed to Clarion FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only Co Ltd the supplied antenna Unauthorized VOICE COMMANDS antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may YOu can use voice commands to operate violate FCC regulations various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem features using the INFINITI Voice e Operation is subject to the following Recognition system two conditions x 1 this device may not cause interfer For MOPS details see INELNITI voice ence and Recognition system models with naviga tio
28. Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus To select each key item highlight the preferred item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen 2 Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen 3 UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the INFINITI controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options 4 Menu Items Counter Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu 5 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently highlighted Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio climate control system fuel consumption and navigation system if so equipped push the STATUS button The following informa tion will appear when the STATUS button is pushed repeatedly Audio and Climate control system Audio and fuel economy Audio and Navigation system if so equipped HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode
29. When the RPT RDM button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Normal 1 Album Repeat 1 Track Repeat 1 Album Random All Random Normal Tag Track Select Tag Track key on the screen when a track is being played A menu will show the 5 available playlists Select one of the playlists to add the current song to that playlist If a playlist is not selectable text is grayed out it means the song already exists in that playlist 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Music Box Menu Now Playing Music Library My Playlists Play Mode 1 Album Repeat Edit Music Information Music Box Settings 1 6 SAA2516 There are some options available by selecting the Menu key on the screen during playback Select one of the follow ing options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Now Playing Displays a track list to choose a preferred track for playback Music Library There are some options available during playback Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary e Artists Play tracks by an artist whose music is currently being played The artists are sorted in alphabetical order e Albums Play tracks in each album The albums are sorted in alphabetical order e All Songs Play tracks from all recorded tracks The tracks are sorted in alphabe
30. button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The lt gt indicator light on the button will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode qq Outside air circulation Push the intake air control lt gt button to change the air circulation from the intake air to the outside air The lt gt indicator light will turn off Automatic air intake control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually con trol the intake air push the intake air control lt button To return to the automatic control mode push the intake air control lt gt button for approximately 2 seconds The indicator lights will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Climate Front Forest AIG Forest Air Setting DUAL Forest Air Info Upper Vent 75 f wos MA 75 SAA2959 CLIMATE setting screen Climate control settings can be changed on the screen Push the CLIMATE button on the instru ment panel and turn the display to the Climate screen Heating A C off The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the CLIMATE button to on 2 Push the AUTO button The AUTO indicator on the screen will illuminate and AUTO will appear on the display 3 If the
31. e If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand there is a chance that the mirror will move forward or backward during driving If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand be sure to adjust them again electrically before driving The outside rearview mirror remote control operates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position To fold the outside rearview mirrors push the outside rearview mirror folding switch to the CLOSE position To unfold push to the OPEN position If mirrors are manually operated or bumped the mirror body can become loose at the pivot point To correct electro nic mirror operation cycle mirrors by pushing the CLOSE switch until comple tely closed then push OPEN until mirror is in the open position Reverse tilt down feature When backing up the vehicle the right and left outside mirrors will turn downward automatically to provide better rear visibi lity 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Move the selector lever to the R Reverse position 3 Select the right or left side mirror by operating the outside mirror control switch 4 The outside mirror surface moves downward When one of the following conditions has occurred the outside mirror surface will return to its original position e The selector lever is moved to any position other than R Reverse e The outside mirror control switch is set to the center pos
32. e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 60 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems sec tion OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See Power windows in the 2 Instruments and controls section To open the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key See Remote keyless entry system later in this section To close the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turn ing the key SPA2726 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock move the inside
33. etc On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as sha dows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direc tion does not align with the lane markers When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of a lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters a lane camera unit e g light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in bright ness occurs e g when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge E h I gog cE BSW BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS Another vehicle approaching from behind The BSW BSI indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane However if the overtaking vehicle is traveling much faster than your vehicle the indicator light may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside your vehicle Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to ch
34. never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL VQ37VHR engine CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 6 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range 4 If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill G Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Vehicle set up 1
35. 3 Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out The SET To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods 1 Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch 2 Push and hold the RESUME ACCELER ATE set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch 3 Push then quickly release the RE SUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods 1 Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push Starting and driving 5 67 the SET COAST switch and release it 2 Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed 3 Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e When the vehicle speed falls below approximatel
36. CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources includ ing doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organiza tions Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Forward facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints For ward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AX WARNING Infants and children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See
37. Select the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Select the PG or PL mode 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems lt a SAA2963 USB INPUT OPERATION Audio main operation Open the console lid and connect a USB memory Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory This USB device contains multisession contents Please select item to play Play Movie Contents Play Audio Contents File selection models with naviga tion system When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is displayed Select the preferred contents to play When there is only one type of file the audio or movie operation screen is dis played and starts to play If a video file restricts the number of playbacks a pop up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play Answer yes or no as requested by the display USB TUNE Folder Artist XXXXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXXXX Folder 1 of 3 Track 1 of 61 Menu SAA2501 Models with navigation system O XXXXXXXXX 0 00 Repeat All MP3 6 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX A 6 15 Down SAA2611 Models without navigation system Audio file operation DISC AUX p LAY When the DISC AUX butto
38. The LDP ON indicator light green on the instrument panel illuminates when the LDP system is turned on i SETTING With navigation system Settings Volume amp Beeps ECO DRIVE Phone Driver Assistance Navigation Bluetooth Others Adjust settings for driver assist SSD1001 How to enable disable the LDP system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDP system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER 2 button 2 Highlight the Dynamic Assistance Set tings key and push the ENTER button Settings Dynamic Assistance Settings o ON Oo ON O ON Distance Control Assist Lane Departure Prevention Blind Spot Intervention SSD1002 3 Highlight the Lane Departure Preven tion key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER button For the BSI and DCA systems see Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system later in this section and Distance Control Assist DCA system later in this section Automatic deactivation Condition A The warning and assist functions of the LDP system are not designed to work under the following conditions Starting and driving 5 29 e When you operate the lane change signal and change the traveling lanes in the d
39. becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent 5 10 Starting and driving LOCK gt ACC gt ON SSD1021 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates e Push center four times to return to ACC e Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for opera tion are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and controls section The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 3
40. difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to Instruments and controls 2 63 push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful program ming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener com ponents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNI VERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted 2 64 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNO SIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter bat teries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from th
41. fast forward ton button for SEEK TRACK 8 Radio SCAN tuning button FM AM radio band select button 9 CD EJECT button 10 Radio tuning MP3 WMA AAC folder selector AUDIO control knob 11 Radio station preset buttons No satellite radio reception is available unless an XM Satellite Radio subscription is active FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see Audio operation precautions earlier in this sec tion The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satel lite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio After receiving the activa tion signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source i e FM or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Tur
42. in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passen ger safety belts were buckled fas tened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash loca tion are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI retailer other parties such as law en forcement that have the special equip ment can rea
43. instead of zero Please speak zero for the number 0 zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK amp switch during a phone call e The menu will be launched and you will be provided with the following gui dance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this the digits that have been recognized will be read out e If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI con troller the selected digits will be sent 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Command List Category Command command p Displays the vehicle Information function Operates the Audio function he Displays User Guide e Phone Command command SSCS SOSOSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSC CSC S S S SCSCSCSCNCCd Call history Makes a call to the incoming call number Makes a call to the dialed number Makes a call to the Missed calls number e Navigation Command command SSCS SOSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSC CS S SC d Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Monitor climate audio phone and voi
44. low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hy draulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pres sure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System is operating Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by an INFINITI retailer Using the brakes Avoid
45. models without navigation system 66 4 100 Using the system Regulatory information csccccsssccesseceees 4 101 Troubleshooting guide Control DUtCONS cecceccsecnecescesceeceeceeces 4 102 SAFETY NOTE AX WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest INFINITI retailer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electric shock e Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Operating this system under these condi tions may result in system malfunctions Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL 9 sey OFF brightness control and display ON OFF button P 4 10 Models with navigation system 1 DISP display setting button P 4 10 mation button P 4 10 2 5 6 4 SETTING butt
46. monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury A CAUTION e The battery could run down if the climate controlled seat is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the climate controlled seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth The climate controlled seat has an air filter Do not operate climate controlled seat without an air filter This may result in damage to the system When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materi als If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Instruments and controls 2 43 WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH if so equipped The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the warning systems Forward Collision Warning FCW Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Warning BSW systems that are activated using the settings menu on
47. position and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 second When the memory has stored in position the 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments indicator light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds e Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In this case reset the desired position using the previous procedure e If optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle the memory storage pro cedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be performed again for each Intelligent Key For additional Intelligent Key information see Keys earlier in this section Selecting the memorized position 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Use one of the following methods to move the driver s seat the outside mirrors and the steering wheel e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second e Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indica tor light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds SETTING MEMORY FUNCTION The status of the following settings can be linked t
48. preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty 0 position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty 0 position 10 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 11 Door trunk open warning igni tion switch is in the ON position This warning appears if any of the doors and or the trunk lid are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door or the trunk lid is open on the display 12 Intelligent Key system warning This warning appears if there is a malfunc tion in the steering lock system if so equipped or Intelligent Key system If this warning appears while the engine is stopped the steering lock if so equipped cannot be released or the engine cannot be started If this warning appears while the engine is running the vehicle can be driven However contact an INFINITI retai ler for repair as soon as possible 13 Loose fuel cap warning This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See Fuel filler cap in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 14 Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illumi nates and low tire
49. strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effec tiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so
50. the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS AX WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury A CAUTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Instruments and controls 2 41 e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materi als e lf any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer 2 42 Instruments and controls SSS0911 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 2 Start the engine Turn the control knob A to the right and
51. tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 PASS e wv AIR BAG OFF SSS1085 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0791 INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applic able 1 Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 If necessary raise or remove the head rest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinsta
52. to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface Maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane e If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehi cle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR P
53. 1 second after starting the engine When the IBA OFF indicator light on the instru ment panel turns off and the IBA OFF switch is pushed the system will turn off and the IBA OFF indicator light will illuminate When the IBA OFF switch is pushed again the system will turn on and the IBA OFF indicator light will turn off The IBA system will remain in the last ON or OFF state it was left in until it is manually changed by pressing the IBA OFF switch Illumination of the IBA OFF indicator light without the warning chime sound is an indication that the IBA system is tempora rily unavailable It will occur under the following conditions e When driving into a strong light for example sunlight The IBA OFF indicator light will turn off when the system returns to its normal operating conditions For the sensor maintenance see Intelli gent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in this section Starting and driving 5 89 BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at con stant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick start
54. 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire 5 6 Starting and driving chains or the wheels are buried in snow e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may tem porarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some exam ples are e Facilities or electric devices using simi lar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e If a transmitter set to similar frequen cies is being used in or near the vehicle e If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired
55. 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the Phone Navigation Information and Audio systems in one of two modes Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See INFINITI Voice Recognition standard mode later in this section for details For advanced operation you can use the Alternate Command Mode See INFINITI Voice Recognition alternate command mode later in this section for details When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Review the expanded command list which is available when this mode is active Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Stand
56. 15 kg 30 Ib x 4 120 Ib 280 kg 15 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage F R33 CCH Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib ene 300 kg the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For exam ple if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehi cle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available Technical and consumer information 9 17 cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehic
57. Call History Copy from the Handset Enter Number by Keypad SAA2522 Choose the method for entering the phonebook entry For this example select Enter Number by Keypad Enter the digits and select the OK key See How to use touch screen models with navigation system ear lier in this section Settings Vehicle Phonebook iM Yall OK NO Entry Ci Type E s OOOO SAA2523 Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system Select the Store key and prepare to speak the name after the tone When the voicetag is successfully saved select the OK key to save the phonebook entry After the phonebook entry is saved it will show a screen that is ready to call the number Press the BACK button to return to the Vehicle Phonebook There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 options instead of Enter Number by Key pad in step 3 Copy from Call History The system will show a list of incoming outgoing or missed calls that were downloaded from the connected cellu lar phone depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the vehicle phone book Copy from the Handset The system will show the connected cellular phone s phonebook that was
58. Engine coolant temperature gauge essees 2 8 Entry exit function Automatic drive positioner se eeeeeseeeee 3 28 Event Data Recorders EDR ssccsscssseseeesees 9 23 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide cssccereeereees 5 3 F F MV S S C M V S S certification label 9 12 Filter Air cleaner housing filter Changing engine oil and filter Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 40 REA ETEA A E 6 2 Flat towing 9 19 Floor mat cleaning we 75 Floor mat positioning aid tee eeeeeeeseeeeneees 7 6 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 0 8 16 Brake fluid ioien ANS 8 17 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants sscceeeeee 9 2 Engine coolant 000 8 11 Engineoil seenen nas 8 13 Power steering fluid seeseeeeeeesesesssesessesserses 8 16 Window washer fluid sseseeseeeeeseesessessessersees 8 18 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player sae ena aissein inaia ea iait 4 61 Fog light switch 2 39 Forest Ali Maseni nn neriti 4 42 Forward Collision Warning FCW system 5 82 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 46 Front power Seat adjuStMent sseeeeseeeeeee 1 3 Front seat Front seat adjustment ee eeeeeseeeeeeseeeeee 1 3 Front seat active head restraints sess 1 7 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel CCONOMY scsccesscseeeeereeeees 5 90 Fuel
59. Gracenote Database or set the priority to CD TEXT to acquire the information from CDs e Automatic Recording for CD When this item is turned to ON the Music Box hard drive automatically starts recording when a CD is inserted e Recording Quality for CD The larger number 132 will increase the recorded sound quality while taking up more space on the Music Box leaving less room for more songs For the details of Music Box see Music Box models with navigation system later in this section Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected in the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen CD e Disc title e Track title CD with compressed audio files e Folder title File title Song title Album title Artist Next Previous Track and Fast For ward Rewind When the or m4 button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the a or button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played Rpr RANDOM RDM REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern
60. Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACE NOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EX PRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will ter minate if you violate these restrictions If your license terminates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Ser vers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warrantie
61. HOT range HOT MAX HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range COLD MAX COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Re move the cap and fill through the opening AQ CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubri cants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual AX WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water SDI2025 BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line 2 or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI retailer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17
62. Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system later in this section Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations NOTE When the voice guidance is being an nounced during audio playback turning the volume knob does not adjust the music level it adjusts the guidance volume level If voice guidance is not 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems being heard please check the Guidance Volume level Settings gt Button Beeps Button Beeps Button Beeps settings models without navigation system The Button Beeps screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button select ing the Button Beeps key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Button Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button ECO DRIVE settings if so equipped To adjust the Eco pedal driver s assist select the Standard Soft or OFF key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller For the details of ECO DRIVE see ECO pedal system in the 5 Starting and driving section DRIVER ASSISTANCE settings if so equipped For the details of the Driver Assistance settings see the following items e
63. Lane Departure Warning LDW sys tem Lane Departure Prevention LDP system in the 5 Starting and driving section e Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system in the 5 Starting and driving section e Distance Control Assist DCA system in the 5 Starting and driving section e Forward Collision Warning FCW sys tem in the 5 Starting and driving section Settings Others Display Comfort Clock Language amp Units Voice Recognition 1 7 Changes the menu color brightness or contrast SAA3008 Others settings models with navi gation system The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key The following items are available Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Camera Image Viewer Depending on the vehicle equipment pushing SETTING button will display the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 following items e Display e Clock Settings Display Display Adjustment Color Theme Display settings models with na vigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key and then selecting the Display key Display Adjustment To adjust the display settings select the Display Adjustment key The following set
64. Locking with mechanical key lt 3 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 23 3 23 Low outside temperature warning 2 23 Low tire pressure warning light 2 14 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 4 6 2 8 34 Maintenance Battery General maintenance Indicators for maintenance dot matrix 2 25 Inside the vehicle ccccsscccesserecesseeeeeeees 8 3 Maintenance information display 4 14 Maintenance precautions cccsssssesseeenees 8 5 Maintenance requirements Outside the vehicle Seat belt maintenance Under the hood and vehicle Malfunction indicator light MIL Map lights Master warning light Mechanical key Intelligent Key system Memory function 3 30 Memory storage Automatic drive positioner eeeeeeeeeee 3 29 Meter Trip computer Meters and gauges s es Instrument brightness control Mirror Inside mirror Outside mirrors Vanity mirror 3 27 Monitor Rearview monitor sessssssssssssssssseeresssssssesesee 4 26 Moonroof 2 55 Musicbox sses 4 79 N New vehicle break in essssesessssssessssssssessssessss 5 90 o OdOmMEteT nesia tor eea ER i 2 6 Off road recovery sssssesserserseesseseesserserseesressersersee 5 7 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine oil level h EN SIN zOll gira e
65. OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio subscription is not active SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcasting station channel for 5 sec onds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel 1 to 6 Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for XM radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the ee SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button 1 to 6 until the radio mutes 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels Menu XM Satellite Radio models with navigation system When the Menu
66. Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed STEERING LOCK if so equipped In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a right or left turn from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel push the ignition switch to the OFF position To unlock the steering wheel push the ignition switch If the steering lock release malfunction indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display push the push button ignition switch again while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and con trols section PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key ACC Accessories This position activates electrical acces sories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off in this position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the selector lever is
67. Phonebook Delete Entry Connect Phone Software Version Displays the software version of the system to be connected Transfers the phonebook data to the system Deletes the phonebook registered in the system Connect Phone Add Phone Connects a cellular phone to the system Connect Phone Select Phone Selects a registered cellular phone Connect Phone Delete Phone Deletes a registered cellular phone Connect Phone Bluetooth Off Connect Phone Replace Phone Changes the registered order of the cellular phones Turns the Bluetooth connection off Connect Phone Delete Phone All Phones Deletes all registered cellular phones Connect Phone Delete Phone List Phones Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu 0 00 Telephone Menu 0 00 Telephone Menu 0 00 CF I 4 Call 4 Connect Phone Hf Add Phone 1 Replace Phone Fleane cok for the Bluetooth device Myicar The dif Phonebook w dif Select Phone til Bluetooth On Off tij Recent Calls tij Help tij Delete Phone tij Help Enter Manual Mode ea Exit Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2575 SAA2576 SAA2577 PAIRING PROCEDURE 3 Speak Add Phone The system ac 4 When asked to enter a PIN code to g knowledges the command and asks connec
68. SPA2832 Loose fuel cap warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the warning to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible See Fuel filler cap earlier in this section 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks Push the reset switch on the right side of the combination meter panel for longer than 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tighten ing the fuel cap TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING AX WARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 ELECTRIC OPERATION Tilt or telescopic operation Move the
69. Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h IC4317 1 Tachometer P 2 7 6 Fuel gauge P 2 9 2 Warning Indicator lights P 2 10 The needle indicators in the speed 3 Speedometer P 2 6 ometer tachometer engine coolant tem 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge perature gauge and fuel gauge may move P 2 8 slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position This is not a 5 Dot matrix liquid crystal display a malfunction Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 20 2 6 Instruments and controls Odometer twin trip odometer Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer and twin trip odometer are displayed on the dot matrix crystal display when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the dis tance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET switch G on the right of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A TRIP B gt TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch G for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available See Dot matrix liquid crystal display later in this section and How to use STATUS button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voi
70. System LATCH later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is de signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0567 LATCH label location Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are use
71. Where to go for service ceeecceeeseceeeeseeeeeee 8 2 General Maintenance ceccesssceeeesccceseeeeeeees 8 3 Explanation of maintenance items 8 3 Maintenance precautions ssccesscssscesseeeseees 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 VK56VD engine s soessossossessessossesssoseoseossossosses 8 7 VQ37VHR 6 gihe cccsesccesccnscessecsecesesesees 8 9 Engine cooling SyStem eee ceeeeeceeesceeeeeeees 8 11 Checking engine coolant level 000 8 12 Changing engine coolant ceeeeseeeeeeeeeee 8 12 Engine Oil ic aerar aen srera ar Sa ie 8 13 Checking engine oil level eee eeeeeeeeee 8 13 Changing engine oil and filter 8 13 Automatic transmission fluid eee eeeeeeee 8 16 Power steering fluid ec eeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeees 8 16 Brake fluid eesse eose eesis aese nE EEEE ETS 8 17 Brake fluid oc cscscecssesssccsscecevescocesicecsssesocesrenss 8 17 Window washer fluid eeecceeeeceeeeseeeeeeeee 8 18 Bate ry ices cscs descctes sccadeses saecased eves cadeseeccdsssevesceaesee 8 19 JUMP starting iicsasscesceveccsssescetessesecssecescecesecavess 8 20 Variable voltage control system cceeeeeeeee 8 20 Drive belts secessionists esiri i iE Spark Plugs xs scicceccccseestertsetiedssstewscecssevesssesscasaees Replacing spark plugs Ait cleanen fscvssssciaeseeeeescsescssceeded
72. a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section AX WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemi cal solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution ex ists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road sa
73. affixed to attached as shown the pillar as illustrated Technical and consumer information 9 13 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Flat blade Bumper EAC ae Rear surface of N the license y G plate bracket Step 3 gt ta Felt tip pen DRAW MARK where to drill the hole ea 9 14 Technical and consumer information Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag Only use the recommended mounting position otherwise the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sensor obstruction if so equipped may result e License plate bracket e j nut x 2 Screw x 2 Screw grommet x 2 Park the vehicle on flat level ground N eoo o Locate the center position as illustrated Line up the license plate bracket under the top of the front bumper with the tabs Hold the license plate bracket in place 3 Mark the center of the hole with a felt tip pen 4 Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia 5 Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia 6 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part ST10723 Mark the center of the hole F on both sides with a felt tip pen Remove the bracket from the bumper and then open 0 79
74. and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door LOCK button f UNLOCK button g TRUNK button HOLD W Ne 4 PANIC button p HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 Push the LOCK 4 button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK Qj button onthe Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK g button on the Intelligent Key again within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations i
75. another mode STANDARD SPORT or SNOW while the ECO pedal system is operating the ECO pedal system continues to operate until the pedal is released If the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly the ECO pedal system will not increase the reaction force of the accelera tion pedal The ECO pedal system is not designed to prevent the vehicle from accelerating Adjusting the ECO pedal system reaction force The ECO pedal system reaction force can be adjusted The reaction force setting will be maintained until the setting is changed even if the engine is turned off SSD0939 Settings Navigation Volume amp Beeps ECO DRIVE Phone Driver Assistance Bluetooth Others Adjust settings for driver assist SSD1001 Setting ECO pedal reaction force 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the ECO DRIVE key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the ECO pedal key and push the ENTER button Starting and driving 5 21 Settings ECO Pedal CE Standard To set the reaction force of the ECO pedal system highlight Standard or Soft To turn off the ECO pedal system highlight the OFF key select ON and push the ENTER button When the ECO pedal system is tuned off the accelerator will operate normally 5 22 Starting and driving LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION LDP
76. any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely AQ CAUTION The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil 10 11 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Al ways use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover into position as the f
77. audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Information User Guide Getting Started Let s Practice Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking SAA2531 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the User Guide key A ee te Select a preferred item You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by follow ing the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition you can use voice commands to control navigation audio phone and other functions To start the voice recognition system push the TALK switch on the stee
78. away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mechan ism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see an INFINITI retailer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see an INFINITI retailer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles an chors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or s
79. be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident 0 SPA2331 To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR Drive mode select switch Four driving modes can be selected by using the drive mode selector switch STANDARD SPORT ECO and SNOW NOTE e When the drive mode select switch selects a mode the mode may not switch quickly This is not a malfunc tion e Select the STANDARD mode for normal driving STANDARD MODE Recommended for normal driving Turn the drive mode select switch to the position STANDARD appears in the vehicle information display for 2 seconds SPORT MODE Adjusts the engine and transmission points to enhance performance If the vehicle is equipped with 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system the SPORT mode adjusts this system s settings to provide faster steering ratios If the vehicle is equipped with the active trace control system the amount of brake control provided by active trace control is reduced See 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system later in this section or Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system later in this section Turn the
80. become dangerous projectiles in an accident or The wheel nuts must be kept tigh sudden stop tened to specification at all times It In case of emergency 6 7 e The T type spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada 6 8 In case of emergency JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed AX WARNING e If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pre sent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery e Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with water e Keep the battery out of the reach of children e The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle
81. buckle is identified by the CENTER mark A The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 SSS0294A Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust push the button A and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AX WARNING e After adjustment release the adjustment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or fro
82. can be changed as follows CD Normal 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random CD with compressed audio files oe 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat 1 Folder Random 1 Disc Random CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DVD Digital Versatile Disc PLAYER OPERATION models with naviga tion system Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertainment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the selector lever to the P Park position AX WARNING e The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 A CAUTION e Only operate the DVD w
83. come on when braking is performed by the DCA system When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction AX WARNING e When the vehicle ahead detection in dicator light is not illuminated system will not control or warn the driver e Never place your foot under the brake pedal Your foot may be caught when the system controls the brake e Depending on the position of the accel erator pedal the system may not be able to assist the driver to release the accelerator pedal appropriately e If the vehicle ahead comes to a stand still the vehicle decelerates to a stand still within the limitations of the system The system will release brake control with a warning chime once it judges the vehicle is at a standstill To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal The system will resume control automatically once the system reaches 3 MPH 5 km h Overriding the system The following driver s operation overrides the system operation e When the driver depresses the accel erator pedal even further while the system is moving the accelerator pedal upward the DCA system control of the accelerator pedal is canceled e When the driver s foot is on the accel erator pedal the brake control by the system is not operated e When the drivers foot is on the brake pedal neither the brake control nor the alert by the system operates e When the Intelligent Cruise Contr
84. conventional fixed speed cruise control mode cannot be turned on even though the MAIN switch is pushed and held To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode turn off the DCA system See Distance Control Assist DCA system later in this section When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the system is also automati cally turned off To use the Intelligent Cruise Control again quickly push and release the MAIN switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to turn it on A CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con trol make sure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Con trol system CRUISE SSD0993 To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The SET indicator will come on in the display Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens manually main tain vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of the following methods 1 Push the CANCEL button indicator will go out 2 Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out
85. distance ahead of your vehicle 5 80 Starting and driving Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage SSDO0996 Automatic cancellation Condition A Under the following conditions the Dis tance Control Assist system is automati cally canceled The chime will sound and the Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator light will blink The system will not be able to be set e When the VDC system is turned off e When the VDC or ABS including the traction control system operates e When the drive mode select switch is turned to the SNOW mode e When driving into a strong light i e sunlight Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off with the dynamic driver assistance switch Turn the DCA system back on to use the system DCA CLEAN SENSOR CRUISE SSD0998 Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the DCA system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform
86. door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the j position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side SPA2728 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK The child safety rear door lock helps prevent doors from being opened acciden tally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the lock position the rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the unlock position INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM AX WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the
87. drive mode select switch to the SPORT position SPORT appears in the vehicle information display for 2 seconds NOTE In the SPORT mode fuel economy may be reduced Starting and driving 5 19 SNOW MODE Used on snowy roads or slippery areas When the SNOW mode is activated engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin Turn the SNOW mode off for normal driving Turn the drive mode select switch to the SNOW position SNOW appears in the vehicle information display for 2 seconds ECO MODE Adjusts engine and transmission points to enhance fuel economy NOTE Selecting this drive mode will not neces sarily improve fuel economy as many driving factors influence its effectiveness Operation Turn the drive mode select switch to the ECO position ECO appears in the vehicle information display for 2 seconds and the ECO drive indicator light illuminates on the instrument panel When the accelerator pedal is depressed within the range of economy drive the ECO drive indicator light illuminates in green When the accelerator pedal is depressed above the range of economy drive the 5 20 Starting and driving color of the ECO drive indicator light changes to orange For ECO pedal system equipped models see ECO pedal system later in this section The ECO drive indicator light will not illuminate in the following cases e When the selector lever is in the R Reverse position e When the veh
88. economy information display 4 12 Fuel octane rating eens 9 4 Fuel recommendation sccssceseseseeeeeeenee 9 4 Fuel filler Cap ceecesssesseesseeeseeeseeeseeesseeens 3 21 Fuel filler door ssesssesseeeseeeseeeseeeeeesseeeee 3 21 2 9 8 26 8 27 Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver Fuel gaUfe nesrin ariii 2 9 Od OMECLE nessis inris 2 6 Speedometer sssssesssesssseesersesseessessessersesseesseee 2 6 Tachometer ssesssessseseesessesseessessersersseseessessesses 2 7 Trip computer 2 26 General maintenance 8 3 Glove DOK ss sesuatcssevesn cents Miviesndetevcencetevuelbnn 2 50 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth models with Navigation SySteM csceseseeeeseeteeeeeeees 4 89 Bluetooth models without Navigation SySteM csceseeeseeeeceeceeeees 4 100 Hazard warning flasher switch sesser 2 40 Head restraints sscescesseceseeeseeeseeeneeeseeeeeeees 1 4 Headlights Aiming control See adaptive front lighting System AFS sivescestvccsssesesecccessssnvessonstesteceests 2 37 Bulb replaceMent ccsscssscscsscsssseseeseeees 8 31 Headlight switch 2 35 Xenon headlights seessesseeeeeseseeesseseesresreseese 2 34 Headrest Adjustable headrests esesseeseeeeeesesesseseeseesse 1 8 Heated Seats ena aene eaei 2 41 Heated steering wheel ssssessesserserssrererserseeses 2 40 Heater Automatic climate control sseseese
89. equipment Make sure you inform test facility person nel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection mainte nance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact an INFINITI retailer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record
90. gation system For details of the Phone settings see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system later in this section Bluetooth settings models with navigation system For details of the Bluetooth settings see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system later in this section or Bluetooth streaming audio models with navigation system later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Settings Volume amp Beeps Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call Use volume knob to adjust during playback Volume and Beeps settings models with navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume amp Beeps key Audio Volume To increase or decrease the audio volume select the Audio Volume key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume louder or softer select the Guidance Volume key and adjust it with the INFINITI con troller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being an nounced Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see Blue tooth
91. h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it e Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH 0 to 144 km h up to the set speed The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 MPH 32 to 144 km h The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise control modes e Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode For cruising at a preset speed AX WARNING e Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Man ual thoroughly before using the cruise control To avoid seri
92. harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the re covery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service Your INFINITI retailer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact an INFINITI retailer when servicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke in mm Displacement cu in cm Firing order Idle speed rpm Ignition timin ETD C degree rpm Spark plug Spark plug gap 7 Normal in mm Camshaft operation VK56VD Gasoline 4 cycle 8 cylinder V slanted at 90 3 858 x 3 622 98 0 x 92 0 338 78 5 552 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 No adjustment is necessary DILKAR7B11 0 043 1 1 Timing chain VQ37VHR Gasoline 4 cycle 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 3 760 x 3 385 95 5 x 86 0 225 54 3 696 1 2 3 4 5 6 FXE24HR11 0 043 1 1 Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information VQ37VHR engine STI0397B ST10425 WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Conventional Spare Tire Type Size j P245 50R18 Conventional 245 40R20 T165 80R17 Spare T type T165 80D17 T155 80R18 Offset in mm 1 69 43
93. headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK A button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK g button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Hazard indicator and horn mode Switching procedure Moe DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK To switch the hazard indicator and horn chime operation push the LOCK amp Intelligent Key system twi y HAZARD none and UNLOCK buttons on the In Using door handle or trunk HAZARD 7 twice A HAZARD once OUTSIDE CHIME 4 i i a h OUTSIDE CHIME twice OUTSIDE CHIME once telligent Key simultaneously for more than request switch times rea a p 2 seconds emote lt eytess entry system HAZARD twice HAZARD once HA
94. in 20 mm diameter holes on the bumper using the marks F asa center Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the license plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AX WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight includ ing standard and optional equip ment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This Technical and consumer information 9 15 weight does not include passen gers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other op tional equipment This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M N S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating max
95. in succession e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control When this situation occurs the Auto matic Transmission AT position indi cator light on the dot matrix liquid crystal display will blink and the chime will sound e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D Drive position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have an INFINITI retailer check t
96. in the cellular phone such as phonebook outgoing call logs incoming call logs and missed call logs is automatically trans ferred and registered to the system The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The copying procedure also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more information Up to 1 000 phone numbers per registered cellular phone can be stored in the phone 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems book Telephone Menu 0 00 Callback a name Redial Help Co OO MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedures below 1 Push the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Speak Call The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Speak the registered person s name The system acknowledges the com mand and announces the next set of available commands 4 Speak Yes The system acknowl edges the command and makes the call 5 Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel RECEIVING A CALL When the ring tone is heard press the button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE To reject a call when the ring tone is heard press the button on the steering wheel Telephone Menu 0 00 f M digits u tij Help ti
97. in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk of injury if the front air bag inflates SSS0007 SSS0008 SSS0006 SSS0009 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 AX WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible e Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details SSS0188A 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restra
98. in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manu facturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other side wall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AX WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer A
99. inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle switches and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor In flator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occu pant classification sensor is also moni tored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front pas senger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illumi nated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact an INFINITI retailer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact an
100. interrupt the system Remember to speak after the tone e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recogni tion performance When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh
101. is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehi cles is increasing e When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when e Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that are parked or moving slowly e The accelerator pedal is depressed overriding the system Starting and driving 5 61 SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle 5 62 Starting and driving Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 MPH 24 km h e When the system jud
102. is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Blue tooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time When a callis active the audio system and microphone located in the ceiling in front of the rearview mirror are used for the handsfree communications If the audio system is being used at the time the audio mode will mute and will stay muted until the active call is ended The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Blue 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems tooth Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to
103. is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped The Adaptive Front lighting System AFS will automatically adjust the headlights low beam toward the turning direction to improve the driver s view When the head light switch is ON and the driver operates the steering wheel in a turn the AFS system will be activated The AFS will operate e when the headlight switch is ON e when the selector lever is in any position other than P Park or R Reverse e when the vehicle is driven at above 16 MPH 25 km h for the left side head light Note that the right side low beam headlight will swivel but the left side will not swivel when the vehicle is below 3 MPH 5 km h and the steering wheel is turned The vehicle must attain a speed above 16 MPH 25 km h before AFS activates the left side head light AFS SIC4333 To turn the AFS off push the AFS switch The AFS OFF indicator light will illuminate Push the switch again to turn the system on again AFS will also adjust the headlight to a proper axis automatically depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle the load the vehicle is carrying and the road conditions If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position this may indicate that the AFS is not functioning properly Have the sy
104. key on the display is selected while the XM Satellite Radio is being played the menu list will be displayed The following items are available e Preset List Displays the preset channel list If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset e Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using the TUNE SEEK CATEGORY or Menu Categories feature e Favorite Artists amp Songs Stores the current artist or song that is being played Touch the Alert key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing on a station while listening to XM e Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by XM Radio e Direct Tune Inputs the channel number by using a Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 keypad Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected with the INFINITI controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is being played the text information listed below will be displayed on the screen e CH Name Category Name Title Other Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the nu
105. lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position Entry Exit function operation The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up auto matically when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily For more information see Automatic drive 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments positioner later in this section SUN VISORS So gee ON T 4 eo Fh B SPA2471 1 To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 Slide the sun visor in or out as needed MIRRORS SPA2447 INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position SPA2450 Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the O switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally P
106. lock mechanism If the battery is discon nected or discharged the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned Supply power using jumper cables before pushing the ignition switch In case of emergency 6 9 and disengaging the steering lock A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground as illustrated not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle A at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again 6 10 In case of emergency 7 After starting your engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable gt gt gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 9 Put the battery cover on PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing CAUTION e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempt ing to do so may c
107. lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the driver s and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 To unlock the doors including the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the In telligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic
108. may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious perso nal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See an INFINITI retailer Removal and installation of the preten sioner seat belt system components should be done by an INFINITI retailer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to oper ate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never
109. moved to the P Park position A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON posi tions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery Starting and driving 5 11 EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the follow ing procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds 5 12 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated A chime will sound 4 Push the ignition switch while depres sing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start After step 3 is performed when the ignition switch is pushed without depres sing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ACC NOTE e When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or the engine is started by the above procedures the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi cator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal di
110. oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See Trip computer later in this section More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See How to use INFO button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Instruments and controls 2 25 2 26 0000 mites Instruments and controls SETTING gt SKIP gt ALERT gt MAINTENANCE gt OPTIONS MENTER NEXT WARNING X 1 gt SKIP gt DETAIL MENTER NEXT SIC4327 TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the right side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the side or front of the switches as shown above E switch switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the J switch Each time the J switch is pushed the display will change as follows Current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer Distance to empty dte Outside air temperature ICY gt Setting Warning check 1 Current fuel consumption The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption 2 Average fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumptio
111. on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shin ing on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the DCA system when it is not recommended in this section SSD0943 DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST OP ERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually decelerate to maintain the proper following distance The Distance Control Assist DCA system may not be able to decelerate the vehicle under some circumstances The DCA system uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead The sensor gen erally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the DCA system may not operate The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trail
112. on the left at For U S customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index m e 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Instrument Panel eeeeeececeseecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 0 8 System CSRS E EE A cadets E E S EE suse 0 2 Meters and SAU SOS AEE E E E E A 0 9 Exterior front cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccscecceeee 0 4 Engine compartment cccccesssccessscceessceneees 0 10 EXtEriOr TEIN oester EELEE AE EEEE A EEE 0 4 VK56VD eNngine 0ssssssseseeeceeeceeceeeeeees 0 10 Passenger compartment ssseesssesssssssoseseseeseseseseeee 0 5 VQ37VHR engine ssssesssssssossssessseesssessseesssessse 0 11 Eoad A o1 Er T 0 6 Warning and indicator lights cccccccceeeeees 0 12 SEATS SEAT B
113. once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag in formation is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 ROOT e The playback order is the order in which FOLDER the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order e Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated Folder Audio file SAA2494 Playback order e The folder names of folders not contain ing compressed audio files are not shown in the display e Ifthere is a file in the top level of a disc USB Root Folder is displayed 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R 5 DVD RW 5 DVD R DL 5 USB2 0 CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R 5 DVD RW 5 DVD R DL 5 IS09660 LEVEL1 IS09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet 109660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Supported file systems Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based
114. parts such as the amplifier e Do not make any modification including sound deadening or modifications around the microphones or speakers 5 104 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Roadside assistance Program eeeecceeeeseeeeeee 6 2 PUSH starting oone e Ei EE R E Emergency engine shut off eesesssessseesssessssesssee 6 2 If your vehicle overheats ccceseesceeseseeeeeee Flat tite isscacicsssccissadwcsssesdosensdestsacspnciavesdaveds casvectenss 6 2 Towing your vehicle ceeeeeceeeecceeeeeeeeeseeees Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Towing recommended by INFINITI Changing a flat tire 0 eee ceeeeceeeeeeeeeee 6 3 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 JUMP StAMtING sesesscessccesss osdencdsscsesenteassdeedeesedesstesess 6 8 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Informa tion Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada for details 6 2 In case of emergency EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the follow ing procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is
115. resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 93 AX WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder 5 94 Starting and driving BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force AX WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a vehicle ahead in the same lane and the
116. restraint man ufacturer s instructions SSS0649 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attach ment is properly attached to the lower anchors SSS0639 Rear facing step 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 Rear facing step 4 applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS 4 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach ment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attach ment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment a
117. resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH 32 km h 5 60 Starting and driving How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed the set distance will change to long middle short and back to long again in that sequence Distance Display CRUISE T 60 mph Approximate distance at 60 MPH 100 km h ft m 200 60 CRUISE T 60 MPH CRUISE K 60 MPH e The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the distance If the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting 150 45 JVS0082M becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The chime sounds e The vehicle ahead detection and set distance indicator blink The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles
118. run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recom mendations PRE CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH COM FORT FUNCTION front seats if so equipped The pre crash seat belt tightens the seat belt with a motor to help restrain front seat occupants This helps reduce the risk of injury in a collision The motor retracts the seat belt under the following emergency conditions e During emergency braking e During sudden steering maneuvers 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Activation of the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system See Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system in the 5 Starting and driving section The pre crash seat belt will not be active when e the seat belt is not fastened e the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH 15 km h during emergency braking e the vehicle speed is under 16 MPH 30 km h during sudden steering maneu vers The pre crash seat belt will not be active when the brake pedal is not depressed except when sudden steering maneuvers occur and the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system activates The motor also retracts the seat belt when the seat belt is fastened or unfastened When the seat belt is fastened the motor tightens the seat belt for a snug fit When
119. secs ac cass cdedandd ossevescsesecones 2 26 SECULITY SYSTEMS sisus srini nines rts 2 29 Vehicle Security System eesseessssssssessscesseees 2 29 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 30 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Rain sensing auto wiper SysteM ccee6 2 33 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWItCH cceeeccceesssceeeseceesseeeeeseeeees 2 34 controls Headlight and turn signal switch eee 2 34 Xenon headlights cesesesescesesseeeeeseeees Headlight switch Turn signal switch Fog light SWitCH esses eee eeeeecceeeeeeeeeseeeeeee Hazard warning flasher switch ceeseeeees 2 40 Heated steering wheel if so equipped 2 40 aA EE E A A 2 41 Heated SeatSrsssssssissssssosssisisreotarcssrresesdosrssortos 2 41 Climate controlled seats if so equipped 2 43 Warning systems switch if so equipped 2 44 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch if SO EQUIP PO xe errta ice ceeak oauh seca s 2 44 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 45 COCK bess canes stseveciiecsscssesd cvsdcvasevedevactesesessduessacceseee 2 46 Adjusting the time cc eeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeee 2 46 Power outlet ee eeceeseeceeeesceceeseeeeesceeeesseneees 2 46 Cigarette lighter and ashtrayS ccsceeeeeeee 2 47 FROMNES sd A E ER E AET ET 2 47 Rearen ESER EEE ESER 2 48 S
120. select switch is turned to the SNOW mode Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist turn off the LDP system Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn the LDP system back on Temporary disabled status at high tem perature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approximately 104 F 40 C and then the LDP system is turned on the LDP system may be deactivated automatically The lane departure warning light orange will blink Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist turn off the LDP system Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn the LDP system back on SSD0453 LANE CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCE The lane camera unit for the LDW LDP system is located above the inside mirror To keep the proper operation of the LDW LDP systems and prevent a system mal function be sure to observe the following e Always keep the windshield clean e Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an accessory near the camera unit e Do not place reflective materials such as white paper or a mirror on the instrument panel The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the cam era units capability of detecting the lane markers Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit If the camera unit is damage
121. side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bags Safety Seats
122. system compo nents will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain air bags This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bags e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supple mental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in
123. system may not be able to warn the driver properly Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front i e it abruptly cuts in may not be detected and the system may not warn the driver soon enough The system will be cancelled automati cally with a beep sound and the IBA OFF indicator light will illuminate under the following conditions When the sensor window is dirty When the system malfunctions 5 84 Starting and driving If the IBA OFF indicator light illuminates with a beep sound pull off the road to a safe location stop the vehicle and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor window is dirty If the sensor window is dirty clean it with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the sensor window is not dirty restart the engine If the IBA OFF indicator light continues to illuminate even if the IBA system is turned on with the IBA OFF switch have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer To turn on the IBA system see Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system later in this section SIC4335 Warning systems switch FCW system operation The FCW system will function at speeds of approximately 10 MPH 15 km h and above The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the FCW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the cent
124. temperature control button to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto matically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automati cally e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up When the outside temperature decreases to approximately 23 F 0 C the A C function does not activate even if the A C indicator light illuminates Dual control mode setting You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature and air flow mode using each temperature control button or manual air flow control button 1 Push the CLIMATE button to on 2 By selecting the DUAL key or when the passenger side temperature control button or manual air control button is pushed the DUAL indicator on the screen will illuminate 3 To turn off the passenger side tempera ture control select the DUAL key and the DUAL indicator will turn off e The Dual control mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode gq Automatic upper ventilator system In this mode air from the center ventilators flows both straight and upward in order to control the cabin temperature without blowing air directly on the occupants 1 Push the CLIMATE button to on 2 Select the U
125. that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter A CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed AQ CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid stain ing or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as Appearance and care 7 3 ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce dis coloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This com pound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a l
126. the avi file format for playback on this system if it meets the requirements stated in the table in this section However not all the avi files are playable on this system since different encodings can be used than the Divx codec ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format It is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when encoding the file 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Requirement for Supporting Video Playback Bluetooth Audio player models Media CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVD RW DVD RW DL USB 2 0 Memor with navigation system x y CD 1509660 LEVEL1 1S09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge UDF1 02 Some Bluetooth audio devices may CD R 1S09660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 not be recognized by the in vehicle CD RW 1509660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported audio system DVD Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista f h irel File Systems DVDR based computer are not supported e It is necessary to set up the wireless DVDRW VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported connection between a compatible Blue DVD RW DL tooth au
127. the BACK button 3 and return to the previous screen For the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owners Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is necessary 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system AX WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Settings Navigation Volume amp Beeps Display Phone Ba Clock Others Blu
128. the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system com ponents and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System components As many as 4 Intelli gent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by an INFINITI retailer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelli gent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the INFINITI retailer It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions become canceled Contact an INFINITI retailer CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built in transmit ter To avoid damaging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures ex ceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer Do not allo
129. the luggage room of your vehicle When abruptly accelerating or de celerating On a steep downhill slope or on roads with sharp curves When there is a highly reflective object near the vehicle ahead i e being very close to another vehicle signboard etc Depending on certain road conditions curved or beginning of a curve vehicle conditions steering position or vehicle position or the preceding vehicle s conditions position in lane etc the system may not function properly The system may detect highly reflective Starting and driving 5 87 objects such as reflectors signs white markers and other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane and provide unnecessary warning The system may not function in offset conditions The system may not function when the distance to the vehicle ahead is extre mely close 5 88 Starting and driving Reflectors on the road AX WARNING e The system may detect highly reflective objects such as reflectors signs white markers and other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane In extreme conditions detection of these objects may cause the system to func tion The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent plastic bag etc the system may not detect them In these instances the system may not be able to warn the dri
130. the sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the system to work inappropriately The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the 5 74 Starting and driving vehicle traveling ahead CRUISE 3 Distance Control Assist system display and indicators The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator Indicates that the dynamic driver assis tance switch is ON 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you 3 Distance Control Assist system warning light orange The light comes on if there malfunction in the DCA system is a SSD0995 Operating Distance Control Assist DCA system The DCA system turns on when the dynamic driver assistance switch on the steering wheel is pushed when the Dis tance Control Assist is enabled in the settings menu on the center display The Distance Control Assist DCA system in dicator in the dot matrix liquid crystal display appears when the DCA system is turned on The system will start to
131. the similar material when spilled on interior surfaces surface with a clean soft cloth dampened e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and Carefully read and follow the manufac in warm water Press a clean dry cloth damaging to the leather surfaces and turer s instructions before using air fresh onto the surface to remove as much Sha be removed aa not es eners dampness as possible and then let air saddle soap car waxes polishes oils MOONROOF SUNSHADE dry cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ee pak Jei ammonia based cleaners as they may MOONTOOL sa UNS age 13 MaICEnrom a damage the leather s natural finish suede material FLOOR MATS e Only use fabric protectors approved by Clean the sunshade material as follows INFINITI A WARNING e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on A CAUTION 7 3 y meter or gauge lens covers It may To avoid potential pedal interference that damage the lens cover To help prevent damaging the sunshade may tesa dns colllsion orinjury while cleaning e NEVER place a floor mat on top of AIR FRESHENERS e Do not rub the material with a cloth cha eae EN Most air fresheners use a solvent that Doing so can damage the surface of the p could affect the vehicle interior If you use material or cause a stain to spread o W RY e H floor mats an air freshener take the following pre e Never use benzine thinner or any similar T A A an A Sa E AA ione 4 vehicle model See your INFINITI retailer cautions chemic
132. the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth FREY ON AX WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury VQ37VHR engine Remove the retainers as illustrated and pull out the filter element The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for mainte Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or wind shield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the
133. tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instruc tions for the recovery device Front 1 2 Remove the cover with a suitable tool Securely install the vehicle recovery hook stored with jacking tools as illustrated Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use Rear Do not use the tie down hook for towing or vehicle recovery A CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud
134. to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland Hawaii Alaska Settings Language amp Units Settings gt Language amp Units Select Language Select Units Select Units Tire Pressure SAA3014 Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Language amp Units settings The Language amp Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Language amp Units key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Language amp Units key Select Language Select the Select Language key Choose English Fran ais or Espa ol for your favorite display appearance If you select the Francais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owner s Manual To obtain a French Owner s Manual see Owner s Manual Service Manual order information in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section Select Units Select the Select Units key Choose US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Select Units Tire Pressure Choose the Select Un
135. to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood TRUNK LID AX WARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from play ing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid release switch A is located on the instrument panel To open the trunk lid push the release switch To close push the trunk lid down You can open the trunk lid with Intelligent Key See Intelligent Key system earlier in this section or Remote keyless entry system earlier in this section SPA2732 TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk open request switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position See Intelligent Key system earlier in this section SPA2766 OPENING WITH KEY To open the trunk lid insert the mechanical key to the trunk key cylinder and tur
136. to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle por tion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Seat belts earlier in this section 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 PASS ma rv2 OFF AIR BAG SSS1085 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag system roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag and seat belt with pretensioners Supplemental front impact air bag system The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact sup
137. to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the za or Z0 position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle The chime will also sound for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position with the fog lights on while the headlight switch is in the AUTO position Parking brake reminder chime The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake 2 19 Instruments and controls Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard 2 20 Instruments and controls DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY The dot matrix liquid crystal display is located between the tachometer and the speedometer and it displays the auto matic transmission position indicator the cruise control the Intelligen
138. to the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position e If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button igni tion switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure AQ CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weath
139. trace control is not functioning properly the IBA OFF indicator light illumi nates in the instrument panel RISE UP AND BUILD UP The system gradually adjusts braking power during normal braking to help provide an enhanced brake feel BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION During braking while driving through turns the system optimizes the distribution of force to each of the four wheels depending on the radius of the turn AX WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully The active trace control if so equipped rise up and build up and brake force distribution systems may not be effec tive depending on the driving condition Always drive carefully and attentively Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC warning light amp may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deterio rated the VD
140. turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the steps below in the order indicated AX WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads IL lt _S e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident SSD0941 RESUME ACCELERATE switch SET COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accel erator pedal SN To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator will come on To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the Starting and driving 5 45 SET COAST switch and release it The CRUISE SET indicator will come on in the instrument panel Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will main tain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal W
141. up the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 other objects The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course SAA1897 SAA1898 1 Visually check that the parking spaceis 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting safe before parking your vehicle the steering wheel so that the predicted 2 The rearview of the vehicle is displayed course lines enter the parking on the screen A as illustrated when space the selector lever is moved to the R 4 Maneuver the steering wheel to make Reverse position the vehicle width guide lines parallel to the parking space while 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor referring to the predicted course lines 5 When the vehicle is parked in the space completely move the selector lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the v
142. windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately The system consistently selects the 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Vehicle phonebook earlier in this section wrong voicetag 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models without navigation system AX WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone
143. wiper replace the blades Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn Before replacing the wiper blades the wiper should be in the fully up position to avoid scratching the engine hood or damaging the wiper arm To pull up the wiper arm see Windshield wiper and washer switch in the 2 Instruments and controls section 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while pushing the release tab to remove SDI2048 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be da maged from wind pressure SDI2362 Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjust ing brakes The disc type brakes self ad
144. with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have an INFINITI retailer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsib
145. 1001 How to enable disable the BSW system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER 2 button 2 Highlight the Driver Assistance Warn ings key and push the ENTER button Settings Driver Assistance Warnings Highlight the Blind Spot Warning key Forward Collision Warning O ON Lane Departure Warning O ON Blind Spot Warning ON JVS0080X SSD1028 BSW BSI indicator light select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER button Y SSD1029 BSI ON indicator light green Starting and driving 5 35 Dynamic driver assistance switch BSI SYSTEM OPERATION If the radar sensors detect vehicles in the detection zone the BSW BSI indicator light located inside the outside mirrors illuminates If your vehicle is approaching a lane marker the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and an audible warning will sound three times Then the system applies the brakes on one side of the vehicle for a short period of time to help return the vehicle back to the center of the lane BSI operates regardless of turn signal usage 5 36 Starting and driving NOTE e Warning and brake control will only be activated if the BSW BSI indicator light is already illuminated when your vehi cle approach
146. 2 Seat belts with pretensioners 1 51 Shoulder belt height adjustment Small children Three point type Seat s Climate controlled seats Driver side memory Heated seats Security system Vehicle security system Security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Starts vecseavecesssccverccsssessavssensecesuaeseenes 2 30 Selector lever Shift lock release ecesseceeseeeeesseeeeeseeees 5 18 Servicing air conditioner See automatic climate control wee 4 33 Servicing climate control 4 47 SETTING button 0 4 16 Shift lock release Transmission 5 18 Shifting Automatic transmission cceeseeeceeeeeeeees 5 14 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 18 SNOW mode 5 20 Spare tire coe 99 Spark plugs 8 21 Speedometer ssssseessesssssessessesserserserseeseesseeseesresees 2 6 SPORT mode 5 19 STANDARD MOdEC scesseseeeseeeeseeesseesseeeseeeee 5 19 Starting Before starting the engine eeeeeeeeeee 5 13 JUMP Starting eeeeeeseees 8 20 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 Push starting eee 6 10 Starting the engine 5 13 STATUS button oa 4 10 Status light Front passenger air bag w 1 46 Steering Heated steering wheel 0 0 eeeeesteeereeeeee 2 40 Power steering fluid 8 16 Power Steering system ccssceceeseesesseeseeee 5 93 Steering lock r
147. 20 Fuel filler dOl o 3 21 Opening the fuel filler dOOf eseseesseeesseesseess 3 21 Filel filler CAPs s cccssssssecesseseseaesscuevesecasescocoens 3 21 Tilt telescopic Steering cccceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeees 3 23 Electric Operation ee eecceeeseceeeeseeeeeseeeeeee 3 24 Sun visors Vanity MiO sesers iarsa iins 3 27 Automatic drive positioner esssesssseeesssssseesssees 3 28 Entry exit function cccesssccessscceesceneees 3 28 Seat synchronization function 008 3 29 Memory Stor gE sessisesssesssesssseissesssesinoe isss 3 29 Setting Memory function seesssessssessseesseee 3 30 System operation seessossossesseosossesseesesses 3 31 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI retailer for duplicates by using the key number INFINITI does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by an INFINITI retailer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments My lir ue 7 1 Intelligent Keys 2 sets 2 Mechanical keys inside the Keys 2 sets 3 Key number plate 1 set INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with
148. 3 submenus under the alert menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e TIMER Select this submenu to specify when 2 28 Instruments and controls the TIMER indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning MAINTENANCE There are 5 submenus under the main tenance menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil e FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires OPTIONS There are 4 submenus under the display menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English or French for display e UNIT Select this submenu to choose the unit from miles MPG F or km 100km C e EFFECTS Select this menu to set the dial effects described below to on or off The indicator needles sweep in the meters when the engine is started 7 Warning check SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus DETAIL This item is available only when a
149. 5 Starting and driving section and Tire Pressure Mon itoring System TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including the spare often and al ways prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifi cations are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AX WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C MNV S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating condi tions due to premature tire failure or unfavora
150. 5 70 Starting and driving The detection range of the sensor is approximately 390 ft 120 m ahead AX WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect the following objects e Stationary and slow moving vehicles e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane AX WARNING As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Distance Control Assist system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decele rate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surround ing circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions To avoid accidents never use the Distance Control Assist system under the following conditions On roads with sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as
151. 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 3 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty 4 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 5 See an INFINITI retailer for service for synthetic oil 6 Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and transfer durability and may damage the transfer which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty 7 DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used 8 Available in mainland USA through an INFINITI retailer 9 For additional information see Vehicle identification later in this section for air conditioner specification label 10 For additional information see Engine oil and oil filter recommendation later in this section Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel t
152. A2481 SAA2830 G Information gt Engine Oil Interval mies 0 Reminder Reset Distance 0 6000 12000 18000 6000 12000 18000 Reset Distance Interval oce A Reminder 6000 12000 18000 6000 12000 18000 miles miles SAA2482 SAA3141 Models with navigation system Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be dis played for the engine oil oil filter tire and other reminders To set a maintenance interval select a preferred item from the list You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be performed The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information 1 Set the interval mileage of the main tenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide 2 To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached select the Reminder key 3 Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule 4 To return to the previous screen push the BACK button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button later in this section 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems
153. AX WARNING e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escap ing from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION e When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equiva lent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacture s instruc tions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue in
154. BS or VDC including the trac tion control system is operating When driving into a strong light i e sunlight When a wheel is slipping To use the ICC system make sure the wheels are no longer slipping Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC system by pushing the MAIN switch again Starting and driving 5 57 CRUISE 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation AX WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to properly accel erate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change Depress the 5 58 Starting and driving CRUISE T 60 uen brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicl
155. C system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC warning light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light amp may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the INFINITI recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illumi nate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road Starting and driving 5 99 HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM AX WARNING Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill
156. D is inserted 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Delete Songs from Music Box Deletes the current song selected songs or albums by choosing from the list or all songs albums in the Music Box Recording Quality Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 kbps The default is set to 105 kbps CDDB Version models with navigation system The version of the built in Gracenote Database is displayed Gracenote NOTE e The information contained in the Grace note Database is not fully guaranteed e The service of the Gracenote Database on the Internet may be stopped without prior notice for maintenance gracenote End User License Agreement USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW Gracenote MusicID Terms of Use This application or device contains soft ware from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software en ables this application to perform disc and or file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers or embedded databases collectively Gracenote Ser vers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this application or device You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and
157. ELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 0 2 8 Front seats P 1 3 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 39 Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags P 1 39 Seat belts P 1 12 Head restraints P 1 4 Illustrated table of contents 9 Seat belts with pretensioners P 1 51 10 Rear seats Child restraints P 1 21 11 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 22 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags P 1 39 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap child restraint P 1 35 Occupant classification sensor pat tern sensor P 1 44 EXTERIOR FRONT 1 Hood P 3 18 2 Headlight and turn signal Operation P 2 34 Bulb replacement P 8 31 3 Windshield wiper and washer Operation P 2 31 O0 NOT Beh a SSI0686 Maintenance P 8 24 Moonroof P 2 55 Power windows P 2 53 Recovery hook P 6 15 Fog light P 2 39 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 34 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 14 P 5 4 Outside mirrors P 3 26 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 7 Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 Welcome light P 2 58 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR Operation P 3 21 Fuel recommendation P 9 4 8 Child safety rear door locks P 3 6 SS10687 1 Trunk 3 Re
158. F depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section of this manual ZO High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected BA Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light if so equipped The light illuminates when the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system is not operating When the IBA off indicator light illuminates while the system is turned on without the warning chime sound this light indicates that the system control is temporarily unavailable When the IBA off indicator light illuminates with the warning chime sound while the IBA system is turned on this light indicates that the system may not be functioning properly Park the vehicle in a safe place 2 17 Instruments and controls Check to see if the laser sensor is clean Turn the engine off then restart the engine If the IBA off indicator light illuminates after following the procedures above it may indicate that the system or Active Trace Control if so equipped is malfunc tioning Although the vehicle is still drive able under normal conditions hav
159. FF gt gt 75 ee ee E ad 75 JVHOO55M Models without navigation system 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems l sjale CLIMA CO Type A q front defroster button Rg rear window defroster button 4 See Rear window and outside mirror 5 defroster switch in the 2 ments and controls section OFF button for climate control sys Instru 6 SAA2952 tem fan speed decrease button 2 fan speed increase button AUTO automatic climate control ON button aay air intake control button vey air recirculation button CLIMATE button 10 11 Temperature control button driver side 12 of manual air flow control button driver side 13 z manual air flow control button passenger side 14 15 Temperature control button passen ger side 50 00N Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Type A Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred tempera ture is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 2 Push the temperature control button
160. Flatties nanona ao e AA 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system 5 4 6 2 8 34 Spare tire lt 8 44 Tire and Loading information labe 8 36 9 13 Tire CHAINS sirere eesi ienis 8 41 Tire dressing 7 4 Tire preSSUTe sseeseossssesessees 8 34 Tire pressure information display 4 12 Tire pressure monitoring system 5 4 6 2 8 34 Types of tires eee 8 40 Uniform tire quality grading Wheel tire size 00 9 9 Wheels and tires Touch screen SYSTEM ese ceeeeeseeeseeeeeeeteeeeeeeeses 4 6 Towing Flat tOWiNG csscccssecesssreeeeesee 9 19 Tow truck towing 6 12 Towing a trailer eee 9 19 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 4 6 2 8 34 Tire pressure warning system 5 4 6 2 8 34 Trailer towing Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 18 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 3 14 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another country Trip computer 8 16 9 11 2 26 10 7 Trip odometer 0 2 eesseeesceecsesceeeseeeseeeceeeneeesees 2 27 Trunk Interior trunk lid release LAN EAEE TTT Pass through Trunk hooks Trunk lid ossessione 6 Trunk lid release switch eeeeseeereeeeeeee 3 19 Trunk open request SWItCH eeeeeeseeseeee 3 19 Tr
161. For your Safety read carefully and keep in this vehicle 2012 Infiniti M Owner s Manual Foreword Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It integrates advanced engineering and superior crafts manship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with traditional Ja panese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of retailer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the features controls and perfor mance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet is included in your Owner s literature portfolio The INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer The Warranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle the re quirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assis tance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Informat
162. G e A cellular telephone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e lf you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the anten na wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI retailer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system AX WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehi
163. Hawaii and Guam The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio perfor mance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception alist DIGITAL AUDIO RY ise fs SAA0480 Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 player e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely e The player may skip while driving on rough roads e The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use e Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight e CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly e The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R
164. I Voice Recognition system models with navigation system later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when Settings the SETTING button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Manual Navigation Volume amp Beeps Audio ECO DRIVE Models with navigation system Settings Camera Comfort Models without navigation system 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Audio Treble Balance Fade RI Speed Sensitive Vol SAA2485 Models with navigation system Settings gt Audio Models without navigation system Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Audio key Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob Speed Sensitive Vol if so equipped The audio system s volume is increased with the vehicle speed Select the Speed Sensitive Vol key and adjust the effect level with the INFINITI controller The Speed Sensitive
165. I controller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by follow ing the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system 4 136 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recogni tion settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK amp switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding nois
166. ICLE When towing your vehicle all State Pro vincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI retailer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following pre cautions AX WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION e When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be 6 12 In case of emergency used e Always attach safety chains before tow ing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV see Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Informa tion Booklet Canada tion This may damage the steering lock mechanism SCE0788 Two wheel driv
167. INFINITI retailer Contact infor mation is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag wa
168. ING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio trans mitter buildings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to en hance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general character istics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constan
169. If you select tire pressure information in the display the LOW PRESSURE warning message will be displayed The tire pres 2 14 Instruments and controls sure for each tire will also be displayed When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see Dot matrix liquid crystal display later in this section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low ti
170. In this mode available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted Review the expanded command list when this mode is active See exam ples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in this mode the recogni tion success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased To improve the recognition success rate try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode See Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Com mand Mode later in this section Other wise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned OFF and Stan dard Mode be used for the best recognition performance Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 127 Settings Others Settings Voice Recognition Information Voice Recognition Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Command List User Guide Adjust voice recognition settings Activating Alternate Command Mode When the Standard Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Highlight the Others key Highlight the Voice Recognition key Change the mode of voice recognition 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Push the OK key to ac
171. Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken 1 Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Vehicle Phonebook or Handset Phonebook Call lt name gt Please say Call followed by a stored name Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number available during phone number entry 4 130 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Navigation Commands Command Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Address Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point Delete Destination Deletes a destination Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 131 Information Commands a a 4 132 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio Commands Command Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system Starts to play a CD Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played Turns to the XM Satellite Radio band se
172. N Neutral position while driving Doing so can cause a loss of engine braking which may result in a collision serious personal injury or death In addition coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission SSD0973 Selector lever To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Z Push the button o gt Just move the selector lever Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button AX WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage CAUTION Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position P Park position Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be de pressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When par
173. NITI retai ler 5 4 Starting and driving e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the
174. O button to return to the auto mode e When the front defroster gy button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Push the fan speed increase or decrease button to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C Air recirculation Push the air recirculation lt amp button to change the air circulation mode When the indicator light illuminates the flowing air is recirculated inside the vehicle The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode qq Outside air circulation Push the outside air circulation button to change the air circulation mode When the indicator light illuminates the flowing air is drawn from outside the vehicle Automatic air intake control To set the automatic control mode perform one of the following operations
175. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be at tached to the jack stand saddle Remove the plastic engine undercover e Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover e Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 AQ CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage zal EE SF Rear i SS oi A VQ37VHR engine 2WD models VQ37VHR engine AWD models 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the oil filler cap Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil Ay CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations 4 Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed Loosen the oil filter 2 with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag AQ CAUTION Be sure to remove
176. RESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the condi Starting and driving 5 7 tions of the vehicle road and traffic AX WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury e The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When
177. RNING The supplemental front air bags ordina rily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the INFINITI advanced air bag system if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury
178. S ENTRY SYSTEM AX WARNING The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI retai ler 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock
179. SAA2498 Example DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed D Move the cursor to select a DVD menu Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen lt f gt Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions on the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected Group Search VIDEO CD A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified scene will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle ke
180. SYSTEM if so equipped The Lane Departure Warning LDW sys tem Lane Departure Prevention LDP sys tem will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 70 km h and above and when it is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane Each system functions as follows e Lane Departure Warning LDW system warns the driver by a warning light and chime that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane e Lane Departure Prevention LDP system warns the driver by a warning light and chime and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center direction of the traveling lane by applying brake control to the left or right wheels individually for a short period of time SSD0937 SSD0672 Lane departure warning light orange The LDW and LDP systems monitor the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror When the camera unit detects that the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of the traveling lane the lane departure warning light on the instru ment panel blinks in orange and a warning chime sounds When the LDP system is on it will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time using the function of the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM Precautions on LDW system AX WARNING e This system is only a warning device to infor
181. Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AX WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE Forward facing child restraint in STRAINTS stallation using the seat belts later in this section A WARNING Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could e Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in seriously injure or kill a child A serious injury or death of a child or other rear facing child restraint must only passengers in a sudden stop or collision be used in the rear seat The child restraint must be used and Be sure to purchase a child restraint installed properly Always follow all that will fit the child and vehicle of the child restraint manufacturer s Some child restraints may not fit instructions for installation and use properly in your vehicle Infants and children should never be Child restraint anchor points are held on anyone s lap Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a ch
182. Set the Breeze Mode fluctuation effect Select the Fan Speed Variance key and select the High or Low key setting of the Breeze Mode fluctuation effect Setting the fan speed to High allows a larger fluctuation change Outside Inside Air Mix This item allows the user to set priority between the outside air circulation and air recirculation modes Select the Outside Inside Air Mix key and use or a gt key to adjust priority Greater priority will be given to the air recirculation mode when the indicator is closer to lt and the outside air circulation mode when the indicator is closer to x Auto Defogging Sensitivity This item allows the user to set the timing of the automatic defogging activation function Select the Auto Defogging Sensitivity key and select the Slow or Fast key When set to OFF the automatic defogging function will turn off Climate gt Forest Air Info 1 SAA2962 Forest Air system Information The present status of the Forest Air system operation and the conditions of air inside and outside of the vehicle can be checked Push the CLIMATE button on the instru ment panel and turn the display to the CLIMATE mode screen and select the Forest Air Info key 1 Breeze Mode The animation image of the Breeze Mode function is displayed The condition of outside and inside air T
183. Sets the desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system Starting and driving 5 65 3 Cruise system warning light Comes on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system CRUISE CRUISE SET CRUISE 3 SSD0991 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and indica tors The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Cruise set switch indicator Displays while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the ICC system 5 66 Starting and driving SSD0992 Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the MAIN switch on the Intelligent Cruise Control system display and the CRUISE indicator are displayed on the dot matrix crystal display After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the Intelligent Cruise Control system display goes out The CRUISE indicator stays lit You can now set your desired cruising speed Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the system completely off When the Distance Control Assist DCA system is on the
184. Starting and driving section for details 18 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator if so equipped The indicator is displayed when the In telligent Cruise Control ICC system main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indicator disappears While the main switch indicator is dis played the ICC system is operational See Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system in the 5 Starting and driving section 19 Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator if so equipped The indicator is displayed when the Dis tance Control Assist DCA system switch is pushed on When the switch is pushed again the indicator disappears While the indicator is displayed the DCA system is operational See Distance Control Assist DCA system in the 5 Starting and 2 24 Instruments and controls driving section 20 INFINITI Drive Mode Selector indicator When a driving mode is selected the selected mode indicator is displayed for approximately 2 seconds e STANDARD e SPORT e ECO e SNOW See INFINITI drive mode selector in the 5 Starting and driving section MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE amp FILTER MAINTENANCE TIRE MAINTENANCE OTHER SIC4325 INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset t
185. The LDP system is primarily intended for use on well developed freeways or high ways It may not detect the lane markers in certain roads weather or driving conditions Using the LDP system under some conditions of road lane marker or weather or when you change lanes without using the lane change signal could lead to an unexpected system operation In such conditions you need to correct the vehicle s direction with your steering operation to avoid acci dents of the vehicle The LDP system will not operate at speeds below approximately 45 MPH 70 km h or if it cannot detect lane markers The LDP system may not function properly under the following conditions and do not use the LDP system During bad weather rain fog snow wind etc When driving on slippery roads such as on ice or snow etc When driving on winding or uneven roads When there is a lane closure due to road repairs When driving in a makeshift lane When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions for example tire wear low tire pres sure installation of spare tire tire chains non standard wheels When the vehicle is equipped with nonoriginal brake parts or suspen sion parts If the LDP system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will ill
186. The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See 1 Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section for precautions on seat belt usage 2 15 Instruments and controls AY Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt are operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag supplemental curtain side impact air bag and pretensioner seat belt needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest INFINITI retailer e The supplemental air
187. The screen will turn off auto matically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push the button Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness contrast and background color of the screen select the appropriate Brightness Contrast or Background Color key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller Switch the background color to the day time mode or the nighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button Settings Comfort Settings gt Comfort Auto Interior Illumination Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay Selective Door Unlock Intelligent Key Lock Unlock SAA3150 Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 Comfort settings Models with navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key and then selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Models without navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumi
188. Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AX WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the win dows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and be come trapped in the window Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is can celed Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel SIC4352 Driver side window Front passenger side window Rear left passenger side window Rear right passenger side window Window lock button OUPWN PR Main power window switch driver s side To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Instruments and controls 2 53 Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corr
189. VD 2WD 6 0 qt 5 0 qt 5 7 AWD 6 1 8 qt 5 1 8 qt 5 8 Cooling system s VQ37VHR 8 7 8 qt 7 3 8 qt 8 4 With reservat VK56VD 11 1 2 qt 9 5 8 qt 10 9 ve ee f VO37VHR 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 08 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Reservoir VK56VD 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 Automatic transmission fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 3 Front Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE Differential gear oil 80W 90 4 Rear API GL 5 synthetic gear oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 5 Transfer fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 6 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 7 Brake fluid Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 8 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease Without limited slip differential _ be With limited slip differential Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 9 NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system lubricants ar 9 2 Technical and consumer information 1 INFINITI recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at your INFINITI retailer 2 For additional information see Engine oil in the
190. Volume function is turned off when the level is set to OFF Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed Precision Phased Audio if so equipped When this item is turned to ON super high pitch sound and super low pitch sound are emphasized and midrange sound is played naturally BOSE Centerpoint if so equipped When this item is turned to ON an exciting surround sound effect is generated from a traditional stereo recording BOSE AudioPilot if so equipped When this item is turned to ON Audio Pilot 2 Noise Compensation Technology monitors noise in the passenger compart ment with a microphone and compensates for any unpleasant noise Surround Effect if so equipped To adjust the surround sound volume select Surround Effect key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller Divx Registration Code models with navigation system The registration code for a device that is used to download DivX files will be displayed on the screen If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system this function will not be activated Display Album Cover Art models with navigation system When this item is turned to ON the album cover image is displayed when playing iPod or MP3 music files through a CD DVD or USB memory When the image is not properly embedded in the file or device the image will not be displayed Phone settings models with navi
191. WER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 SDI1480C 1 Remove the cell plugs A 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL 4 line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI retailer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Donot ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltage control system mea sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator DRIVE BELTS VQ37VHR engine AUNE Power steering fluid pump Alternator Cr
192. YS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification will not be covered under the INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustra tions in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AX WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely Ay CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully SICO697 If you see the symbol above it means D
193. ZARD none indi i Using amp or button HORN once HORN none HORN none e When the hazard indicator mode is set the hazard indicator flashes 3 times Hazard indicator mode e When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set the hazard indicator o DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK flashes once and the horn chirps once Intelligent Key system HAZARD INDICATOR AND PER HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none Using door handle or trunk OUTSIDE CHIME none OUTSIDE CHIME none OUTSIDE CHIME none RORNMORE request switch T Remote keyless entry system Using amp gt a or 6 button HORN none HORN none HORN none 4 F HAZARD 3 times Push 8 for more than 2 sec Push a for more than 2 sec HAZARD once HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none HORN once 4 HAZARD INDICATOR MODE Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly 2 Pull the lever 2 up at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 When closing the hood slowly close the hood down to latch both the right and left locks Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments AX WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure
194. a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely af fected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress hoot SDI1662 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replacing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Wheel nut tightening torque the Warranty Information Booklet 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tigh tened to the specificatio
195. aa R r E Engine oil viscosity Oil filter replacement indicator Operation Indicators for operation Outside mirrors 3 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 06 6 11 Owners Manual Service Manual order information seessesseseesesssesrsrsersresserrersesses 9 23 P Panicalarmi nance a 3 15 Parking Parking brake operation essseeseseeeseereeees 5 18 Parking on hills 5 92 Parking brake break in 5 93 Personal lights esscesssessseseceeeceseeesseeeeneesee 2 59 Phone Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system 0 4 89 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 4 100 Car phone or CB radio eee eesseeseeeseeeeneees 4 89 Power Power door lock Power outlet Power steering fluid Power steering system Power WiINdOWS csscessceseseseeesseeeseeeseeeeee Precautions Audio operation Braking precautions Child restraints csscsscssesvecssveasvonevessovsasssensteee 1 21 Cruise control 5 45 Lane departure warning LDW system 5 23 Maintenance 8 5 Seat belt usage 1 12 Supplemental restraint system N When starting and driving 5 3 Pre crash seat belts with comfort function Predictive course line settings Preview function Preview function for Intelligent cruise control system Preview Function warning ligh
196. ace the filter contact an INFINITI retailer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner With Forest Air system The climate control system is equipped with a natural grape seed polyphenol filter which collects and neutralizes dirt pollen dust etc To make sure that the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI retailer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for climate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your INFINITI retailer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate con trol system AX WARN
197. achometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you 3 Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance between vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch 4 5 Indicates your vehicle Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed is displayed in km h Intelligent Cruise Control system warn ing light orange The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the ICC system CRUISE CRUISE SSD0979 When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicators come on as illustrated to check for a burned out bulb and it turns off when the engine is started CRUISE CRUISE ON OFF Operating vehicle to vehicle dis tance control mode To turn on the cruise control quickly push and release the MAIN switch A on The MAIN switch indicator set distance indica tor and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a standby state for setting SSD0980 Starting and driving 5 55 CRUISE 60 wrx SSD0981 To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed 5 56 Starting and driving
198. ain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion 5 52 Starting and driving The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator SSD0252 and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You wil
199. aints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system positions that do not have a top tether anchor SSS0651 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted SSS0652 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 6 SSS0653 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to re move any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 SSS0641 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure
200. al to clean the suede This may E E erations e Hanging type air fresheners can cause discolor the sunshade and damage the me permanent discoloration when they surface e Properly position the mats in the floor contact vehicle interior surfaces Place e Clean water based stains by patting the r TR ths PEE A Den yee aidi the air freshener in a location that surface with a clean soft cloth dampened a cor mat positioning ald ciaterin allows it to hang free and not contact in warm water Press a clean dry cloth Els sechion Appearance and care 7 5 The use of INFINITI floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn 7 6 Appearance and care y SAI0050 Front example Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brack ets to act as floor mat positioning aid INFINITI floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The front floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floor pan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SAI0051 Bracket positions The illustration shows the location of the floor mat brackets SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with
201. an be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflec tive characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obsta cles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska
202. ance from and the relative speed of the vehicle ahead to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance AX WARNING e Always drive carefully and attentively when using the Distance Control Assist system Read and understand the Own er s Manual thoroughly before using the DCA system To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use the Distance Control Assist system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions e If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill with a warning chime To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal e The DCA system will not apply brake control while the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal Starting and driving 5 69 PRECAUTIONS ON DISTANCE CON TROL ASSIST SYSTEM The system is intended to assist the driver to keep a following distance from the vehicle ahead traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor A detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if neces sary
203. and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have struc tural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not recom mended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Intelligent All Wheel Drive AWD models AQ CAUTION e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears e ONLY use spare tires specified for the Intelligent AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be re placed with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and correcte
204. and you will be provided with the following gui dance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this 4 138 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the digits that have been recognized will be read out e If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI con troller the selected digits will be sent 3 Select the Settings Voice recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback System learning mode for recognition improvement Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode The voice recognition system has a func tion to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel and select the Others key 2 Select the Voice Recognition key Speaker Adaptation key Settings Speaker Adaptation Store delete or edit voice data for User 1 SAA2550 4 Select the user whose voice is memor ized by the system 5 Select the Start Speaker Adaptation Learning key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 139 Settings Speaker Adaptation Seitings Speaker Adaptation Ph
205. anel To raise and lower the sunshade push the switch The switch need not be held When the selector lever is moved to the R Reverse position the rear sunshade automatically lowers Instruments and controls 2 57 AQ CAUTION e Do not place objects such as news papers handkerchiefs etc on the sunshade inlet port Doing so may entangle these objects in the sunshade when it is extending or retracting causing improper operation or damage to the sunshade e Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands etc as this may deform it Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result e Do not put any object into the sunshade inlet port as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade e Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade e Do not forcefully pull the sunshade Doing so may elongate the sunshade Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result 2 58 Instruments and controls WELCOME LIGHT To activate or deactivate the welcome light function perform the following procedure Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Open the driver s side door 3 Within 20 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position push the door open request switch on the driver s side door handle for more than 5 seconds with
206. aners on the seat This can in the front damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tamper ing includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assem bly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects un
207. ange lanes SSD1031 If the driver activates the turn signal then the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the BSW BSI indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected SSD1044 If the BSI system is on and your vehicle is approaching a lane marker the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and a chime will sound three times Then the BSI system slightly applies the brakes on one side to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane Starting and driving 5 39 NOTE If you accelerate from a stop with a vehicle in the detection zone the other vehicle may not be detected 5 40 Starting and driving Overtaking other vehicles The BSW BSI indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approxi mately 3 seconds The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone then the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice If the BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and a chime will s
208. ank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will 9 4 Technical and consumer information damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers devel oped this specification to improve emis sion system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gaso line meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts to wards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenate
209. ankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Drive belt auto tensioner AX WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unexpectedly Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or loosen ess If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI retailer Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS AX WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 AIR CLEANER Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see an INFINITI retailer for servicing lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they VK56VD engine will last much longer Follow the main tenance schedule in INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself nance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of
210. anty and Roadside Assistance Information Ca nada only that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assis tance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the Na tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin istration NHTSA in addition to notifying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign How ever NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safe rcar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 Fo
211. appropriate slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 8 Starting and driving 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu ally stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emer gency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section of this Owner s Manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AX WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and im pairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to ope
212. ar combination light bulb replace Intelligent Key system P 3 7 ment P 8 31 Remote keyless entry system 4 Satellite antenna P 4 48 P 3 14 5 Rear window defroster P 2 34 Trunk lid P 3 18 6 Rear view camera P 4 26 2 High mounted stop light P 8 31 7 Fuel filler door 0 4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Operation P 3 25 HomeLink P 2 61 10 Trunk pass through Rear armrest P 1 10 11 Rear cup holders P 2 48 12 Console box Power outlet P 2 46 USB input operation P 4 68 iPod player operation P 4 78 13 Front cup holders P 2 48 SSI0688 1 Rear sunshade if so equipped 6 Moonroof switch P 2 55 P 2 57 7 Map light P 2 59 2 Coat hooks P 2 52 Active noise control system 3 Rear personal light P 2 59 P 5 103 4 Sun visors P 3 24 8 Sunglasses holder P 2 49 5 Power windows P 2 53 9 Inside rearview mirror Illustrated table of contents 0 5 COCKPIT 0 6 1112 13 14 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 39 AFS switch if so equipped P 2 37 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 34 Trip computer switch P 2 26 Illustrated table of contents 5 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip od ometer P 2 7 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 5 98 10 11 12 13 14 Rear sunshade switch if so equipped P 2 57 Stee
213. ard Mode be used for the best recognition perfor mance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STAN DARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated The Standard Mode enables you to com plete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system Settings Others Settings Voice recognition Comfort Command List Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback Adjust voice recognition settings SAA2529 Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2530 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The indicator turns off and the Stan dard Mode activates Displaying user guide If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice com mands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands Monitor climate
214. arning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to e Ifthe amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display 5 Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be 2 27 Instruments and controls affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards 6 Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the dot matrix crystal display The J switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch A to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus ALERT There are
215. arning flashers will turn off AX WARNING Do not turn the hazard warning flasher switch to off until you can make sure that it is safe to do so Also the hazard flasher warning may not blink automatically de pending on the force of impact Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving HEATED STEERING WHEEL if so equipped SIC4401 The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light on the switch will illuminate If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68 F 20 C The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually The indicator light will turn off NOTE If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a malfunction HORN 1C4332 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AX WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supple mental front air bag system Tampering with
216. atic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section SSD0943 VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles following dis tance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc e When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray e When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicl
217. audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 Voice Recognition Phone Yill Voice Recognition Dial Number Yull LS Y es uj Dial Number a Niehicle Phonebook uj Handset Phonebook J Call History 4j International Call Please say the entire number or groups Manual Controle of numbers Voice Recognition Dial Number Yill B KA uJ Dial Number J Change Number Manual Controls Say the next three digits Dial or say Change Number To exit hold the TALK switch 4 Speak Dial Number To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2536 SAA2537 5 Speak 8 0 0 6 Selecting the Manual Controls key switches the screen to the keypad to input the phone number manually 7 4 124 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2538 The system announces Please say the next three digits or dial or say change number Speak 6 6 2 e You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 Voice Recognition Dial Number Yill Voice Recognition Dial Number Yull Li dal oct apo ae 3 800 662 E 800 662 6200 all other formats j j e If you say Change Number during Change Number 4 Change Number phone number entry the system will tomatically request that you repeat lt EE P
218. ause transmission damage e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged e Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Informa tion Booklet Canada IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS A CAUTION e Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the climate control Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed If engine overheating is cau
219. ave been previously set as a voice tag for John s phone number or Dial One if John is classified as one in the phonebook If the system cannot understand your command repeat it according to the recommendations mentioned in How to speak commands earlier in this section 4 If the given name voice tag is correct the phone system will dial the number registered for John INFO To end the voice command phase at any stage of the procedure push the switch once in order to activate the cancel command Manual command selection Commands can be selected manually While the commands are displayed on the screen select a command by operating the Tune switch and then push the button Once a command is manually selected the voice command function is cancelled To return to voice command mode push the sa button to cancel the current operation and then perform the first procedure of voice command Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 List of voice commands COMMAND ACTION Call Dial lt name gt Dials the specified lt name gt Call Dial Redial Call lt number gt Dials the last number Dials the specified lt number 66 Phonebook lt name gt Displays the specified lt name gt in the phonebook Phonebook List Names Displays all the names in the phonebook Phonebook Transfer Entry
220. bag is OFF Your INFINITI retailer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your retailer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The INFINITI advanced air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 If a malfunction occurs passenger air bag system the supplemen tal air bag warning light located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AX WARNING Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cle
221. bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 sec onds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supple mental Restraint Systems and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly For additional information see Supple 2 16 Instruments and controls mental restraint system in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section AX WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pretensioner seat belt will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light The light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery When the vehicle dynamic control warning light illuminates when the vehicle dynamic control system is turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating for example the vehicle dynamic control active trace control if so equipped Rise up amp Build up f
222. ble handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION X RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT COLO TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES BIMENSIONS PNEUS A FROID T WANT Nexxpormo xxw SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL avant X XXX kPa XX PSI NOMBRE DE PLACES REAR ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib REAR ARRI RE SPARE DESECOURS XXX XXRXX XXW TXXX XXRXX XXW XXX kPa XX PSI SM 1MI1A XXX kPa XX PSI TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION g RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE SI GES TOTAL FRONT REAR ToL X avant X arr r X PNEU TALLE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID Pse OWNER S MANUAL FRONT AVANT P XXX XX R XX P XXX XX RX XXX kPa XX PSI pentane T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI Tir
223. can be locked with another registered Intelli gent Key Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door will unlock The fuel filler door will also unlock when the driver s door handle request switch is pushed 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again All the doors will unlock All doors and the fuel filler door will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK Q button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked auto matically after another 1 minute SPA2732 Opening trunk lid 1 Push the trunk open request switch for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch An outside chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk th
224. ce recognition systems section SIC4320 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 4 The scale length and the red zone vary with the engine model CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage Instruments and controls 2 7 SIC4321 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions 2 8 Instruments and controls A CAUTION If the gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature is near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature If the gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as Safely possible and let the engine idle If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required SIC4322 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going
225. ce recognition systems 4 121 command pe Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination e Information Command Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Maintenance Displays maintenance information Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Where am I Displays your current location e Audio Command Command Action S O m Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system e General Commands command io SSC Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice command examples To use the INFINITI Voice Recognition function speaking one command is some times sufficient but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more com mands As examples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Voice Recognition LS Y LW Phoned LH Information j Audio uj Hel To exit hold the TALK switch SAA3001 SAA2535 Example 1 Placing a call to the phone 2 The system announces Would you like number 800 662 6200 to access Phone Navigation Informa 1 Push the TALK lt switch located on tion Audio or Help the steering wheel 3 Speak Phone Monitor climate
226. cellular phone For details about Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 iPod PLAYER OPERATION Connecting iPod Open the console lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector If compatible the battery of the iPod is charged while the connection to the vehicle Depending on the version of the iPod the display on the iPod shows an INFINITI or Accessory Attached screen when the con nection is completed When the iPod is connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available Models with navigation system e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or later e iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later e First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later e Second generation iPod touch firm ware version 1 2 3 or later e First generation iPod nano firmware version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano firm ware version 1 1 3 or later e Third generation iPod nano firmware version 1 1 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano firmware version 1 0 2 or later Models without navigation system e Fifth generation iPod firmware ver sio
227. cle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 Once a cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Blue tooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system later in this section page 4 114 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone mod
228. cluding Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide for more details Never use any additives in the coolant such as radiator sealer in the cooling system This may cause damage to electrical equipment such as the motor and inverter and also to engine and transmission Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself If the cooling system requires coolant frequently have it checked by an INFINITI retailer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be performed by an INFINITI retailer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AX WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded
229. computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF1 02 1S09660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 vDFL 3 NDF2 0 packet writing is not supported MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 Sampling parol Hees 8 kHz 48 kHz tee rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 Versin WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 nape Sense Feuer az versions 1 WMA 2_ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bitrate rate 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 MPEG AAC AAC 5 Sampling Samping tregueney 8 kHz 96 kHz Bitrate si rate 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 A ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only Models with navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders 512 including root folder Files 5 000 Models without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder ate Models with navigation system 100 characters Text character number limitation ES Models without navigation system 64 characters niei P 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian Displayable character codes 3 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS Folder levels Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media ve
230. control operations cceeseseeeeeeeee Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if SO GQUIPPOd i 25255 aces ress rE EER si Selecting the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 2 eee ceeeeeceeeecceeeesceeeeseeeeesees Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance control MOE cceccnecescescceceeceeceecescesceees Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode Oper atiOn ceeseeceeeesccesesceeeeceeeeeee 5 50 Conventional fixed speed cruise control MOE sevice csvseccecevsccsseccsccuvessseesseacevess 5 65 Preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models ccceeeeeeeeees 5 69 Distance Control Assist DCA system if SO equipped a sedcss censseeeuctesevestavsecbyeseuetyboesbesvaass 5 69 Precautions on Distance Control ASSISt SYSEOM sits ccc avesesieeecssecavsccdeecodedeascusesceses Distance Control Assist operation Forward Collision Warning FCW system if So Equipped bes ea eita tics cuvdevesetes coevevedeets 5 82 Precautions on FCW sSystem ceeeceesseeeees 5 83 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system if SO equipped aea ernen eeri nir eE E Ra Ea 5 86 Precautions on IBA system cceeeceeseeeeees 5 87 Break in schedule esseeseeessseesseesssesssecssssesseesss 5 90 Increasing fuel economy ssssessseesssessseessssessseess 5 90 Intelligent All Wheel Drive AWD if SO eg ippEd a aeae
231. creen means that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed For models with navigation system to change the measurement units select the Select Units key with the INFINITI con troller and push the ENTER button The unit can be converted in the LANGUAGE amp UNITS settings display See How to use SETTING button later in this section for details In case of low tire pressure LOW PRES SURE information will be displayed on the screen Check the pressure of all tires Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature After tire rotation is performed tire pres sure will not be displayed in the actual tire position Drive the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes to reset the display For more details about the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS see Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section When the ignition switch is in the ACC position the Tire Pressure key is not displayed Information Maintenance L Information gt Maintenance Engine Oil 0 Oil Filter Other Reminder fea gt Information Engine Oil 6000 12000 18000 6000 12000 18000 Engine Oil Oil Filter C a ee Tire C Other Reminder 6000 12000 18000 6000 12000 18000 miles miles SA
232. d Repeat Group Settings Bluetooth Bluetooth Connect Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Connected Phone SAA2511 Bluetooth settings To set up the Bluetooth device system to the preferred settings push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be can celed Connect Bluetooth Connects to the Bluetooth device See Connecting procedure earlier in this section Up to 5 devices can be registered Connected Devices Registered devices are shown on the list Select a Bluetooth device from the list the following options will be available e Select Select Select to connect the selected device to the vehicle If there is a different device currently connected the selected device will replace the current device e Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth device using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen models with navigation system ear lier in this section e Delete Delete the selected Bluetooth device Edit Bluetooth Info Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth Change the PIN code that is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system Replace Connected Phone Replace the Bluetooth connection with a connected Bluetooth
233. d as necessary Contact an INFINITI retailer 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance There fore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book let Care of wheels See Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appear ance and care section for details about care of the wheels Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AX WARNING The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipp
234. d controls How to adjust screen ou eee eecceeeeceeeeeseeeees 4 32 POR AUGIO scissesccsdissccavesdes dececcewscdasseceasteeddessees 4 87 Operating tip Sss iisas Ee e S T ei 4 32 ANTON Ase A A A T 4 88 Car phone or CB radi eee eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 89 Voice recognition system ceceeeeeeeeeee 4 102 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Pairing procedure 4 models with navigation system ccssescceees 4 89 Phonebook registration Regulatory information essceeseeseeeeeeeeees 4 91 Making a callan Voice COMMAMAS secsec arnari inini 4 91 Receiving a Call ccccsssccesssccesseceesseceesaeee Control buttons seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessssssssssssssssesee 4 91 During a callo ea aata Connecting procedure sssseseessssssereessseseeese Phone settings Phone selection Voice adaptation mode Vehicle phonebooK ssssssssesssssssossesssssessesse INFINITI Voice Recognition system Making a call osssrssrsssseisrsnecesrssirieres crne models with navigation system 00 4 114 Receiving a call eseesseesssensseessssesssessssssseeess INFINITI Voice Recognition D ring a ca la esee rire eie E eE EES standard Mode ssesssessessesserreeerseeereersseeeseee Phone Setting cccccssscccsssccesssccesssccesseeeesaes Using the system Troubleshooting guide INFINITI Voice Recognition alternate Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System command MOA eeeeccesesceeeeseeeeeseeeeees
235. d do it yourself GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your respon sibility to perform these procedures reg ularly as prescribed Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI retailer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI technicians are well trained spe cialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through techni cal bulletins service tips and in retailer ship information systems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI retailer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance require ments on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI retailer do it promptly In addition you should no
236. d drive audio system e CDs that contain uncompressed audio files e Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio Hybrid CD DA specification in Super Audio CDs e Compact Disc Digital Audio CD DA specification in CD Extras e First session of multisession disc Extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C could affect the performance of the hard drive Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 NOTE If the hard drive needs to be replaced due to a malfunction all stored music data will be erased CD TUNE Track Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Track 1 of 13 Recording CDs 1 Operate the audio system to play a CD For the details of playing CDs see Compact Disc CD player operation earlier in this section 2 Select the Start REC key NOTE e The system starts playing and record ing the 1st track on the CD when the Start REC key is selected e The recording process can be stopped at any time All tracks that were played before the CD was stopped are stored 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Individual tracks can be deleted from the hard drive after the CD is recorded The order of the tracks may not be changed while recording cD TUNE Track Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Track 1of13 0 08 ace If the title information of the
237. d driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances otherwise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appear ance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or main tenance work on your veh
238. d due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION BSI SYSTEM if so equipped The Blind Spot Warning BSW and Blind Spot Intervention BSI systems can help alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes Starting and driving 5 31 The BSW system uses radar sensors installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles beside your vehicle in an adjacent lane In addition to the radar sensors the BSI system uses a camera installed behind the windshield to monitor the lane markers of your traveling lane 5 32 Starting and driving Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi mately 10 ft 3 0 m behind the rear bumper and approximately 10 ft 3 0 m sideways The BSW system operates above approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h If the radar sensors detects vehicles in the detection zone the BSW BSI indicator light illumi nates If the driver then activates the turn signal a chime will sound twice and the BSW BSI indicator light will flash The BSI system operates above approxi mately 37 MPH 60 km h If the system detects a vehicle in the detection zone and your vehicle is approaching the lane marker the BSI system provides an audi ble warni
239. d in other lan guages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen Using English language characters with a USB device is recom mended Do not connect a USB device if a connector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry com pletely before connecting the USB device If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short between the connector pins Large video podcast files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek opera tion In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will continue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek opera tion An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 i
240. d or dirty It takes a relatively long time before If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not Music cuts off or skips E i 2 match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright when playing protection the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 Compressed Video Files models with navigation system Explanation of terms DivX Divx refers to the DivX codec owned by DivX Inc used for a lossy compression of video based on MPEG 4 AVI AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave It is a standard file format originated by Microsoft Corporation A divx encoded file can be saved into
241. d the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for this model and prior models can be purchased A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair informa tion for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at an INFINITI retailer Genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals can also be purchased In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www infiniti techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals con tact 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior contact an INFINITI retailer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI retailer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representa tive will assist you Technical and consumer information 9 23 IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insur ance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order
242. d to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure e SHIFT P warning Move the selec tor lever to P PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 6 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See Intelligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section 7 Engine start operation for Intel ligent Key system indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key System and vehicle are not communicating normally If this indicator appears touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal See Intelli gent Key battery discharge in the 5 Starting and driving section 8 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied 9 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient
243. d with the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint LATCH lower anchor AX WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly e Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstruc tions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are ob structed SSS0637 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors SSS0643 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachme
244. de entry into the vehicle e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic when ever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger com partment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants Starting and driving 5 3 AX WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire AQ CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants e Keep your engine tuned up Malfunctions in the ignition fuel injection or elec trical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFI
245. demark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon Corporation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE SEND button Push the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call 2 PHONE END button Push the button to cancel a VR session or end a call VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM You can also use the Bluetooth hands free phone system with Voice Recognition System INFO e The available voice commands are only applicable to the relevant language set in the LANGUAGE setting screen See How to use SETTING button earlier in this section e If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Using system Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Voice Recognition System is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the switch on the steering wheel is pushed before the initialization completes the system will not accept any command Before starting To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possibl
246. der the front pas senger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occu pant classification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e Acracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Man ual S SSS a Yj WW SSS0521 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS TEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the
247. detergent Dam pen the cloth first and then wipe the screen SAA301 1 MENU OPTIONS models with navi gation system The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed push and hold the menu control switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down and then push the menu control switch to select it 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Menu Options Destination Route Settings SAA2476 Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for details Info Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SETTING button Auto Interior Illumination O ON Light Sensitivity EJ ke 1 L Light Off Delay 4 gt gt Speed Sensing Wiper Interval o Ql o ol SAA2477 Models with navigation system C setings gt Comon aed Aoo EN EE Light Sensitivity 000 B E Light Off Delay ocs A j Speed Sensing Wiper Interval g Selective Door Unlock E Models without navigation system HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN
248. ding on the vehicle speed and steering angle the angles of the front and rear wheels are adjusted by the 4WAS system to help improve driving perfor mance If a malfunction occurs in the system the 4WAS function will stop but the ordinary two wheel steering system will operate normally The 4WAS warning light will illuminate If the light illuminates while you are driving contact an INFINITI retailer for repair The steering wheel may be slightly turned even when driving on a straight road due to a protection mechanism for the 4WAS system This is not a malfunction The steering wheel will return to the normal position after the protection mechanism deactivates The protection mechanism activates under the following conditions e The steering wheel is operated forcibly when it is hard to operate or the tires are blocked by obstacles e The steering wheel is continuously operated when the vehicle is parked or being driven at extremely low speed e The steering wheel is forcibly turned beyond its operation limits e The battery voltage is reduced Repeated steering maneuvers that may activate the protection mechanism will damage the 4WAS system AX WARNING The 4WAS system although a sophisticated device cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving tech niques Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver Therefore only through atten tiv
249. dio later in this section e Push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode e Give voice commands See INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 navigation system later in this sec tion Stopping playback The system stops playing when 1 another mode radio CD DVD USB memory or iPod is selected 2 the audio system is turned off 3 the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position es Next Previous Track and Fast For ward Rewind When the or m4 button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the track will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the track will return to the normal play speed When the 4 or gt button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the next track or the begin ning of the current track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when a track is being played Play mode selection The TUNE FOLDER knob will skip from album to album unless it is playing All Songs from the Music Library menu When playing All Songs the knob will change the track instead of the album The upper right corner of the main screen will indicate if the TUNE knob is changing by track or album Rey RANDOM RDM REPEAT RPT
250. dio device and the in vehicle USB Memory FAT16 FAT32 Bluetooth module before using the rome Divx3 DivX4 DivX5 DivX6 Bluetooth audio player A hi ee Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layer3 AC3 LPCM e Operating procedure of the Bluetooth ile Types Video Codec ISO MPEG4 audio player will vary depending on the asf device Make sure it is understood how Audio Codec es Se ee nee Aaa ge E en divx avi 22x 32 stopped under the following condi asf 32 x 32 Receiving a hands free call Checking the connection to the hands free phone e Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degra dation and wireless connection disrup tion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 e While an audio device is connected through a Bluetooth wireless connec tion the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual e This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP e Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Clarion Co Ltd Inc and licensed to 3 Bluetooth Music Box models with navigation system Recording e Note that data that is lost and not stored to the hard disk drive due to system damage improper operation or malfunction is not under warranty Vehicle owners are not permitted to record music without permission
251. distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play e This system will not operate when the vehicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less e The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met 1 When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal 2 If the driver does not operate the accelerator or brake pedal within approximately 1 second e The sensor will not detect 1 Pedestrians or objects in the road way 2 Oncoming vehicles in the same lane 3 Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane as illustrated AX WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit to the Preview Function never rely solely on this system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visi bility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the followin
252. dity of the passenger compartment to not be over dry or moist enough to fog the windows Moreover it detects potential fog before formation on the windows and operates to remove it e Push the AUTO or yg Forest button The AUTO or xr indicator light on the button will illuminate and AUTO DEF will appear on the display e The Auto humidity control function will not operate if the fan speed or a vent outlet is manually adjusted AUTO DEF will disappear from the display e When auto humidity control is turned off while the Forest Air system is on turn off and on the Forest Air system the auto humidity control will activate again Climate Forest Air Setting Breeze Mode Fan Speed Variance ay ps Sey If you select ON wind breeze fluctuates during Forest air conditioning 1 5 SAA2961 Setting Forest Air 1 Push the CLIMATE button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the CLIMATE mode screen Select the Forest Air Setting key The Forest Air system settings screen is displayed No settings except for auto humidity control are available unless the yF indicator light on the button illumi nates 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Breeze Mode ON OFF When this item is turned to ON the Breeze Mode function will activate while the Forest Air system operates Fan Speed Variance
253. djustment 1 Head restraint Adjust the head restraint so the center is 2 Adjustment notches level with the center of your ears 3 Lock knob 4 Stalk Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0995 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint from the seat Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position SSS0996 Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position SSS0508 Front seat Active Head Restraints The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback re ceives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support
254. dow is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the ICC system warning light orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again Starting and driving 5 63 CRUISE CRUISE Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the ICC system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the ICC system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal 5 64 Starting and driving conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer SSD0943 Sensor maintenance The sensor for the ICC system is located below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failur
255. downloaded depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the vehicle phonebook Phone Vehicle Phonebook Qom Ful S29 K m xxxx XXXXXXXXXXX Editing the Vehicle Phonebook 1 Push the button and select the Vehicle Phonebook key Select the desired entry from the displayed list Select the Edit key Select the desired item to change 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems QO Ml Yull Geack Settings Vehicle Phonebook Entry Name 1 David _ Number 111 111 1111 SAA2523 The following editing items are available Entry Changes the displayed number of the selected entry Name Edit the name of the entry using the keypad displayed on the screen Number Edit the phone number using the key pad displayed on the screen Type Select an icon from the icon list Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voice tags allow easy dialing using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system See INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system later in this section To delete an entry select the Delete key at step 3 QO Ml Ful G9 Vehicle Phonebook Volume Call History Connect Phone Handset Phonebook Connected Phones Dial Number Calls a phonebook entry saved to the vehicle SAA2524 MAKING A CALL To make a call follo
256. driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the mal function indicator is illuminated the sys tem may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunc tions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop erly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire e The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving e The low tire pre
257. driver side to set the desired tem perature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically 3 To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the front defroster amp y button The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Push the temperature control button driver side to set the desired tem perature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically 3 To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the fan speed 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems increase 2 button and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the wind shield is clean push the AUT
258. e Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly e Wait until a tone sounds before speak ing a command e Speak a voice command within 5 seconds after the beep sound If no voice command is given the system will ask you for a number If no further command is given the session ends e Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words Giving voice command 1 Push and release the switch located on the steering wheel Telephone Menu 0 00 2 o Af Call ill Connect Phone tif Recent Calls tij Help Enter Manual Mode em Exit SAA2574 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command after the beep Available commands are Call Phone book Recent Calls Connect Phone or Help After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to 3 speak a command See the List of voice commands later in this section for the voice command list Speak Call for example INFO Voice commands cannot be recognized as long as the screen icon is not in the command recognition mode 3 The system acknowledges the com mand and announces the next set of available commands After the tone sounds speak the phone number When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repea
259. e HomeLink surface e push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without interruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmit ter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not pro grammed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmit ter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The H
260. e or malfunction If the sensor is da maged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction CONVENTIONAL FIXED SPEED CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accel erator pedal AX WARNING In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the pre sence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle distance is detected Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur Always confirm the setting in the In telligent Cruise Control system display Do not use the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed on winding or hilly roads on slippery roads rain snow ice etc in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident SSDO0990 Conventional fixed speed cruise control switch 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally SET COAST switch
261. e the seat and steering column are returning to the previous positions entry exit function When the driver s door remains open for more than 45 seconds and the ignition switch is not in the ON posi tion The seat synchronization function is automatically disabled if the outside mirrors or steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment The seat synchronization function will not operate if the seat is adjusted over one of the following maximum thresh olds Seat sliding 3 0 in 76 mm Seatback reclining 9 1 degrees Seat lifter rear side 0 8 in 20 mm Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 MEMO 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni tion systems Safety NOt sccisekscciacccdevcdssveddcccesscscecdocososesnesssonsens 4 3 VeNtilatOrs cceesscesssvccsecgdaessesebecccasessceeeseessseccoeess 4 33 Center multi function control panel 66 4 4 Automatic climate Control ceeeecceeeeeeeee eee 4 33 How to use INFINITI controller cceeeeeeee 4 6 Automatic climate control Type A 4 36 How to use touch screen models with Automatic climate control Type B 4 40 navigation system scccceesserteceeesereeesessees 4 6 Forest AiO eeror eeen e ni Menu options models with Operating tips navigation system esssssseseeeseeereesseeeeeeseeseee 4 8 Linking intelligent key c cccsscsssssses
262. e BSI braking will not operate or will stop operating and only a warning chime will sound under the following condi tions When the brake pedal is depressed When the accelerator pedal is de pressed while brake control assist is provided When steering quickly When the ICC DCA FCW or IBA warnings sound When the hazard warning flashers are operated When driving on a curve at a high speed BSW BSI temporarily not available e Under the following conditions the BSI system will be turned off automatically a beep will sound and the BSI ON indicator light green will blink The BSW system is still available but the BSI system will not be available until the conditions no longer exist When the VDC system except TCS function or ABS operates When the VDC system is turned off When the drive mode select switch is turned to the SNOW mode Action to take Turn off the BSI system and turn it on again when the above conditions no longer exist e Under the following conditions the BSW and BSI systems will be turned off automatically a beep will sound and the BSW BSI system warning light orange will blink The BSW and BSI systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist When the camera detects that the interior temperature is high over approximately 104 F 40 C When radar blockage is detected The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient condi
263. e Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite like ones viewed in the inside and outside mirrors e Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up e Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView monitor because of its 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the camera It is a precision instrument Otherwise it may malfunc tion or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover HOW TO READ DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with re ference to the bumper line are dis played on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the bumper e Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m e Green line approx 7 ft 2 m e Green line G approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide lines G Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predicted course lines Indicate the predicted course when back ing up The predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor
264. e a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly How ever the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Starting and driving 5 97 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction co
265. e ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually acceler ates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off If a vehicle ahead appears during accel eration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that vehicle When a vehicle is no longer detected under approximately 15 MPH 24 km h the system will be canceled CRUISE N OT 605 lt A ae toa SSD0985 When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the accelerator pedal wh
266. e and Loading Information label Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See Vehicle loading information in the 9 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself XXX kPa XX PSI FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE LUSAGER DE RECHANGE POUR PLUS DE RENSEIGNEMENTS The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs mids total des occupants et des marchandises ne doit jamais d passer XX kg ou XX Ib Oe SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRR AA SDI2567 Technical and consumer informa tion section G3 Original size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are consid ered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveabil ity tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size see Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped 3 Remove the gauge COLD TIRE 4 Read the tire pressure on the INFLATION gauge stem and compare it to PRESSURE the specification shown on the FRONT Tire and Loading Information la ORIGINAL 5 Add ai
267. e and careful driving methods can the 4WAS system be fully appreciated and safety optimized COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional informa tion see Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system in cluding the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Engine cooling system in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy
268. e child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions SSS0645 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attach ment is properly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap later in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 Forward facing rigid mounted step 3 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the headrest to obtain the corr
269. e environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs If the moonroof does not operate If the moonroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initi alize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the moonroof switch to the close position to tilt the moonroof up 2 Push and hold the switch to the close position 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the switch to the open position to fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates normally If the moonroof does not operate properly REAR SUNSHADE if so equipped after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer A CAUTION e To avoid personal injury keep your hands fingers and head away from the sunshade arm arm rail and sunshade inlet port e Do not allow children near the rear sunshade system They could be injured e Do not place objects on or near the rear sunshade This could cause improper operation or damage it e Do not pull or push the rear sunshade SIC4349 This could cause improper operation or damage it The rear sunshade operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The rear sunshade switches are located on the instrument p
270. e instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner sys tems The monitored circuits include the Air bag Control Unit ACU satellite sensors crash zone sensor occupant classification system front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules preten 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sioner front passenger air bag status light and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the SRS air bag systems are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems need servi cing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on approximately 7 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI retailer AX WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it c
271. e loves deadecetveseecess Parking parking on hills nnseeseesesssseseessssseesss P wer steetihg cissi Brake SYStOMs csiccossscacedeccctseccacesoccutedenasconsesssees Braking precautions Parking brake break in BRAKE assisteren ciacseacoescdisacrestseeSsde Medeedseasese Brake assist bee Preview function Intelligen system equipped models eeseeeeeeeee Anti lock Braking System ABS Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Active trace control if so equipped Rise up and build up eceeeeeeee eee mae Brake force distribution ce eeceeeeeeeee eee Hill Start Assist system cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeee 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system if SO EQUIP PEG ccs cok sede cece esubeedeseoeesstiveeetery deveseo Cold weather driving Freeing a frozen door lock ANIM OZ ienesis eirias i Battery eeen esr Ena s EE e E SSE Draining of coolant water Tire equipment seseessessssseesse Special winter equipment Driving ON SNOW OF C eeeeesssssessossessessesses Engine block heater if so equipped 5 102 Active noise cControl sesssesssssssssessesesscesseesssse 5 103 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AX WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadverten
272. e models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two Wheel Drive 2WD models and expensive damage to the transmis INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be sion If it is necessary to tow the vehicle towed with the driving rear wheels off the with the front wheels raised always use ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed towing dollies under the rear wheels truck as illustrated e When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or A CAUTION on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism Never secure the steer ing wheel by selecting the LOCK posi e Never tow automatic transmission mod els with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious In case of emergency 6 13 8 Gules All wheel drive models Intelligent All Wheel Drive AWD models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated A CAUTION Never tow Intelligent AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain 6 14 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle AX WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your
273. e opening or closing the lid Otherwise the lid and the rear armrest may be damaged Trunk pass through The rear center seatback can be folded to allow trunk access from inside of the vehicle To access the trunk pull down the rear center armrest and pull out the trunk pass through lid To lock the lid use the mechanical key and turn it to the LOCK position To unlock turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCK position For the mechanical key usage see Keys in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Make sure that the mechanical key is Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven SSS0134A 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AX WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re
274. e outside chime will sound and the trunk will open BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and e All doors are closed and The selector lever is in the P Park position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See Troubleshooting guide later in this section and Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and con trols section 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the ignition switch The AN P warning appears on the display The selector lever is not in the P Park Shift the selector lever to the P Park i and the inside warning chime sounds con to stop the engine position es tinuously When opening the driver s door to The inside warning chime sounds continu The ignition switch is in the ACC push the ignition switch to the OFF position the ignition switch to the OFF po
275. e recognition systems section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passengers A within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn if so equipped or the outside chime will sound as a confirma tion For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s A while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open 3 Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors
276. e similar to a natural breeze using a combination of the upper ventilator and the center venti lators at random e Breeze Mode will activate after the temperature of the passenger compart ment becomes suitable e This function will not operate immedi ately after the engine starts e Breeze Mode will activate when the air flow mode is in the sy and vs mode e This function will turn off if the fan speed or a ventilator outlet is manually adjusted e The breeze patterns may change in accordance with the amount of sun load e When operating fan speed or air flow control while the Forest Air system is turned on the x indicator light on the button will turn off automatically and the Breeze Mode function will turn off e When the Breeze Mode function is turned off while the Forest Air system is on the Breeze Mode function will remain off until the x Forest button is turned off and on again Outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor This vehicle is equipped with an outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor When the automatic intake air control is on the sensor detects odors and exhaust gas and then the system automatically changes from the outside air circulation mode to the recirculation mode When the age Forest button is pushed the outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor will turn on When the Forest Air system is on for the first 40 seconds the recirculation m
277. e the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer See Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section i Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indicator light green if so equipped The light comes on in green when the Lane Departure Prevention LDP system is turned on The light turns off when the system is turned off NOTE This light is common with the lane departure warning light orange See Lane departure warning light earlier in this section For more details see Lane Departure 2 18 Instruments and controls Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system in the 5 Start ing and driving section SERVICE enone Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emis sion control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the a light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction ex ists If this indicator l
278. e the wiper at the following speed AUTO operates the rain sensing auto wiper system See Rain sen sing auto wiper system later in this section LO continuous low speed operation HI continuous high speed operation MIST one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times Pulling up the wiper arm The wiper arm should be in the up position when replacing the wiper To pull up the wiper arm push up twice the wiper operation stops in mid operation The wiper arm can be pulled up The selector lever should be in the P Park position To replace the wiper arm place the wiper arm in the down position and then push the lever up once A CAUTION Do not operate the windshield wiper while the wiper arm is pulled up The wiper arm may be damaged Wiper drip wipe system The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are operated This operation is to wipe washer fluid that has dripped on the windshield RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS TEM The rain sensing auto wiper system can automatically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield To set the rain sensing auto wiper system push the lever down to the AUTO position The wiper will sweep once
279. e vehicle has come to a standstill and sound a warning chime To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather Starting and driving 5 49 conditions To avoid accidents never use the Intelligent Cruise Control system under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wiper is oper ated at the high speed HI position the Intelligent Cruise Control sys tem is automatically canceled If the vehicle is equipped with a rain sensing auto wiper the system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shin ing on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads the vehi cle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes 5 50 Starting and driving On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of fre quent acceleration or deceleration In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause autom
280. ease the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 1 Adjustable headrest Adjustment notches N Lock knob Stalks FY 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0997 Adjustment Adjust the headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears SSS0993 SSS0994 To raise the headrest pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable headrests 1 Pull the headrest up to the highest position Push and hold the lock knob Remove the headrest from the seat Store the headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle Install and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Install 1 Align the headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head rest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches must be installed in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS1061 ARMREST Rear armrest Pull the armrest forward until it is hor izontal removed from the trunk pass through lid key cylinder befor
281. ect child restraint fit If the headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the headrest when the child restraint is removed See Adjustable headrests earlier in this sectio n Adjustable headrest in this section for headrest adjustment information If the seating position does not have an adjustable headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0647 Forward facing step 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to re move any slack Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach ment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attach ment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as
282. ect projects over the actual backing up course Settings Camera Predictive Course Lines Display of predictive course line SAA2404 Models with navigation system Settings gt Camera Predictive Course Lines SAA2606 Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGS To turn ON or OFF the predictive course line display push the SETTING button select the Camera key and push the ENTER button e Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned to ON the predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the selector shift lever is in the R Reverse position HOW TO ADJUST SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView monitor push the SETTING but ton with the RearView monitor on select the Display key on the screen and select the item key and adjust the level using the INFINITI controller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied and the engine is not running The display of the predicted course lines can be set to ON or OFF For details see Camera settings earlier in this section OPERATING TIPS When the selector lever is shifted to the R Reverse position
283. ect the Minimize Voice Feedback key 5 The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition Speaker Adaptation function settings system Edit User Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Delete Voice Data Identify voice data by adding a name Resets the user s voice that the voice recognition system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting com mands one by one Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 141 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command List earlier in this section system fails to interpret the command correctly 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will n
284. ecurity systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is disconnected HomeLink will retain all programming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original transmit ter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information see Program ming HomeLink later in this section AX WARNING e Do not use HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as 2 61 Instruments and controls required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automati cally stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these fea tures increases the risk of serious injury or death e During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink
285. ed at the recommended pres sure for standard tires as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label For Tire and Loading Information label location see Tire and loading informa tion label in the 9 Technical and consumer information With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 MEMO 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fu
286. ee How to use touch screen models with navigation system earlier in this section Edit the Mode information by select ing from the list e Edit Information by Album Edit the displayed name and of a selected album and the track informa tion in the album e Update Gracenote from USB Device Update the in vehicle Gracenote Data base using a USB memory Search the title from a information acquired on the Internet Visit www InfinitiUSA com music up date for details e Transfer Missing Titles to USB Transfer the information of an album recorded without titles to a USB mem ory Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 Visit www InfinitiUSA com music up date for details e Update Gracenote from HDD Search the title using the database in Music Box Music Box Settings the hard disk Music Box Used Free Space Automatic Recording Delete Songs from Music Box Recording Quality 132 kbps CDDB Version SAA2517 Music Box settings To set the Music box hard drive to your preferred settings select the Menu key during playback and the Music Box Settings key with the INFINITI controller and then push the ENTER button Music Box Used Free Space Information about Saved Album Saved Track and Remaining Time is displayed Automatic Recording When this item is turned to ON the Music Box hard drive automatically starts record ing when a C
287. ee the following description For the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode see page Conventional fixed speed cruise control switch later in this section SELECTING THE VEHICLE TO VEHI CLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 4 quickly push and release the MAIN switch VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the con stant need to adjust the set speed as you would with a normal cruise control system PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VE HICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor A detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if neces sary The detection range of the sensor is approximately 390 ft 120 m ahead AX WARNING e This syste
288. eeeeeeees How to select menus on the screen 4 9 In cabin microfilter ccscccsssccesssceesseeeeees Vehicle information and settings ce00 4 10 Servicing climate control How to use STATUS button sssseesseeeeseeeeeees 4 10 Audio Syste Hhnianceed vdniucelatrcrimnsinentedncenion How to use brightness control and display Audio operation precautions ceeeeeee 4 48 ON OFF buttone depe oe eaea 4 10 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc How to use DISP button sesssssessesreeresresreeresee 4 10 GD player nnana a ror 4 61 How to use ECON button DVD Digital Versatile Disc player operation models without navigation system 4 10 models with navigation system 0 4 65 How to use INFO button seseeseeesesereeeesens USB input operation ccssccsseceseeeseseeees 4 68 How to use SETTING button eceeeeeeee Bluetooth streaming audio Rearview MONILOS ceessecececeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeecees models with navigation system 4 73 How to read displayed lines iPod player operation ccccseeseeseseeeeees 4 78 How to park with predicted course lines 4 27 Music Box models with Difference between predicted and navigation SYStEM ssscccesssccrsssccessecceeees 4 79 actual distances hissine stoornis nasia 4 29 CD DVD USB memory care and cleaning 4 86 Predictive course line SettingS cccccccc0e 4 32 Steering wheel mounte
289. eescereceseeeseeereeeeneeenee 8 24 X Xenon headlights essesesseeseesesssesserserserseeseessesee 2 34 MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended AQ CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Engine oil with API Certificatio
290. ehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different from the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects SAA1899 Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place but the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1923 Backing up near a projecting object The predicted course lines A do not touch the object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course ZN GES F Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown further than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the obj
291. el switch located on Voice Recognition E Y uj Phone J Navigation 4 Information J Audio uj Hel To exit hold the TALK switch 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to By speak a command Selecting the Practice key will start the practice mode See Let s Practice earlier in this section 4 Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed Selecting the Help key can display the detailed information of the each command Operating tips e Say a command after the tone e Commands that are available are al ways shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Com mands other than those that are dis played are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the system e lf the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e To exit the voice recognition system push and hold the TALK amp switch The message Voice canceled will be announced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK lt switch to
292. el recommendation cescescesccsccsccseenees 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations ccesscesseeees 9 7 Specification eee eeeecsceeeesceeessceeeesceeesseeeeeees ENSING seccsivevestscecacacsriseastd sca devsehasdecvoceedseesdacvacs Wheels and tires DIMENSIONS cvsscsesecesbesaccestvaeeleeesecnstecentesaecussees When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country essseesssessssesseceseeessssesseceseeessse 9 11 Vehicle identification cccceeceecceceeceeeeeeeeee 9 11 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate 9 11 Vehicle identification number chassis NUMDEL ccceeccseccsecceecceecceeeeees 9 11 Engine Serial number esseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeee 9 12 F MV S S C MN S S certification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 13 Tire and loading information label 9 13 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Installing front license plate eee eeeee 9 14 Vehicle loading information ceesesseeeees 9 15 TOTINS aaacdecisieesceiets caniavcsascatededescdevessedsse ceeweds 9 15 Vehicle load capacity ceeeceeseseeeeeeeeeee 9 17 LOACING tip Serrone eE as S 9 18 Measurement of weights ccceseeseeeeeee 9 18 TOWING a trailer rodericensis tieses iiris rroi 9 19 Flat towi
293. eld wiper is operated continuously If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the head lights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 seconds For automatic headlights off delay setting see Light Off Delay in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni tion systems section 2 35 Instruments and controls SAA0642A Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate 2 36 Instruments and controls Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the O position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light s
294. elease malfunction indicator if so equipped Steering wheel mounted controls POM AUCIO vsssscsacssectovasscccsetecesssessevseesesstorecseness 4 87 Tilt telescopic steering 3 23 Steering lock if so equipped 5 11 StOrage cesses 2 48 Sun visors 3 24 Sunglasses holder 2 49 Sunshade rear 2 57 Supplemental air bag warning labels wees 1 52 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 52 2 16 Supplemental restraint SySteM csccseseseees 1 39 Precautions on supplemental restraint system sse isokin a t 1 39 Switch Autolight switch Fog light switch Hazard warning flasher switch i Headlight switch ee 2 35 Ignition switch Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch Power door lock SWitCh scccsssccesseeeeesseee 3 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch wee 2 34 Turn signal switch 2 39 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 45 Warning systems switch 2 44 T Tachometer scessesseseessecesseesseesseeeseeeseeeseeeens 2 7 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Theft INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start Three way catalyst Tilt telescopic steering TIMER indicator Tire Tire replacement indicator 2 25 TIRE LOCATION sei ccstecsscconvecousctcovedsevececdessestsseeace 8 41 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 4 2 14 Tires
295. elligent Brake Assist IBA system on for most driving conditions The Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system will sound a warning chime and the vehicle ahead detection indicator light blinks to alert the driver when the vehicle is travel ing too close to the vehicle ahead The system will also apply the brake control if necessary To turn off the system push the IBA OFF switch The indicator will illuminate The IBA system will remain in the last ON or OFF state it was left in until it is manually changed by pushing the IBA OFF switch See Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system in the 5 Starting and driving section VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH SIC4336 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will illumi nate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 45 Instruments and controls CLOCK If the power supply is disconnected the clock will
296. elts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints earlier in this section or Adjustable headrests earlier in this section for head restraint or headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0360B Forward facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installa tion only See Installing top tether strap later in this section Do not install child restr
297. eminders ceesceseeseeesseeeneeeeee Seat belt warning light and chime is Cigarette lighter and ashtrays sesers Circuit breaker Fusible link sseessessesessessssseessesseeseeseereeseesseee Cleaning exterior and interior Climate control Coat hooks 7 Cockpit 0 6 2 3 Cold weather driving 5 101 Compact Disc CD player See audio system 4 64 Compact spare tire Console box Controller Center multi function control panel 4 6 Controls Control panel button INFINITI Controller 10 2 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 12 Checking engine coolant level Corrosion protection we 7 7 Cruise control cseeeeeeee Fixed speed cruise control on ICC system 5 65 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 47 Cruise indicator 4 2 23 Cup holders c000 2 48 Current fuel consumption 2 27 D Daytime running light system seee 2 37 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch Dimensions Display cleaning 0 ceseesseseesseeeseeeseeeenseeeeees 4 8 Display controls See center multi function Control panel ee eeeesceeeceseseeseeseceaceeeeseeesees 4 4 Distance Control Assist DCA system 5 69 Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator sseccesseecessceecesseeeeeteceeeseees 2 24 Di
298. en it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods e Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Turn the MAIN switch off Both the MAIN switch indicator and set vehicle speed indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELER ATE switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Starting and driving 5 59 e Push and hold the SET COAST switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approxi mately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will
299. ence as illustrated until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle comple tely AX WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tigh tened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center illar SCE0883 e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel pire 3 alka studs or nuts This could cause the nuts 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking folbecamellnoce equipment in the vehicle e Retighten the wheel nuts when the 6 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk vehicle has been driven for 600 miles floor carpeting over the damaged tire 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire 7 Close the trunk etc e As soon as possible tighten the A WARNING wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can
300. eplacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly A Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illumi nates if any of the following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display No key warning Low fuel warning Low washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door trunk open warning Loose fuel cap warning Check tire pressure warning Intelligent Key system warning See Dot matrix liquid crystal display later in this section cruise Preview Function warning light orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Brake Assist with Preview Function system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine then resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer amp Seat belt warning light and chime
301. equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Mon itoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section AX WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE informa tion is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire fail ure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pr
302. er etc e When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray e When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle The DCA system is designed to automati cally check the sensor s operation When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the DCA system may not detect them Starting and driving 5 71 In these instances the Distance Control Assist DCA system may not be able to decelerate the vehicle properly Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The DCA system is designed to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead The system will decelerate as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill However the DCA system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the DCA system cannot decelerate the veh
303. er keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to Starting and driving 5 13 start When racing the engine up to 4 000 rpm VK56VD engine or 4 500 rpm VQ37VHR engine or more under no load condition the engine will enter the fuel cut mode 5 To stop the engine shift the selector lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position In preparation for the next engine start the engine may have a slightly delayed shutoff after pushing the ignition switch to the OFF position depending on the driving conditions VK56VD engine models 5 14 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmis sion control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recommended operating procedures for this transmission Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector lever button before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This automatic trans
304. er known as the aspect ratio 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial 5 Two digit number 16 This num ber is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT XX XX XXX XXX XXXX t t tt tt 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The sym bol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identification mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Three digit code Date of Manu facture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indi cate the materials
305. er display See How to enable disable the FCW system using the settings menu later in this section When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if the FCW the Lane Departure Warning LDW and the Blind Spot Warning BSW systems are deactivated For the LDW and BSW systems see Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system earlier in this section and Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system earlier in this section SSD0939 With navigation system Settings Navigation Volume amp Beeps ECO DRIVE Phone Driver Assistance Bluetooth Others Adjust settings for driver assist SSD1001 How to enable disable the FCW system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the FCW system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER 2 button Highlight the Driver Assistance Warn ings key and push the ENTER button Starting and driving 5 85 Forward Collision Warning O ON Lane Departure Warning O ON Settings Driver Assistance Warnings Blind Spot Warning O ON JVS0080X 3 Highlight the Forward Collision Warn ing key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER b
306. ersonal light Vanity mirror light Step light Trunk light Courtesy light High mounted stop light See an INFINITI retailer for replacement NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest information about parts Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover SDI2550 Map light 4 CA 4m sta PS r SDI1679 SDI2031 Rear personal light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Vanity mirror light 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the
307. ert the CD DVD The CD DVD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local retailer Unplayable File e The file may be copy protected e The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DivX type Region Invalid e The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL Copyright and trademark The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corpora tion and other right holders is adopted for this system This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 not issued e Modifying or disassembling is prohib ited e Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc e DTS and DTS 2 0 ese are registered trademarks of DTS Inc e DTS and DTS Digital Surround de are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc Parental level parental cont
308. es traf fic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases auto matically for easy recognition Wait until a tone sounds before speak ing a command Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words SAA3001 Giving voice command 1 Push and release the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel Voice Recognition BACK HL 4 Phone 4m Phone o J Navigation uj Information jJ Audio uj Hel Alternate Command Mode ON To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2548 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from speak a command B to Bu Operating tips Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is 8B The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the menu control switch on the steering wheel If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 137 Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e lf you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK amp switch for 1 second The message Voice can celed will be announced e To skip t
309. es a lane marker If an other vehicle comes into the detection zone after your vehicle has crossed a lane marker no warning or brake control will be activated See BSW BSI driving situations later in this section e The BSI system is typically activated earlier than the Lane Departure Preven tion LDP system when your vehicle is approaching a lane marker The BSI system turns on when the dynamic driver assistance switch on the steering wheel is pushed when the Blind Spot Intervention is enabled in the settings menu on the center display The BSI ON indicator light green on the instrument panel illuminates when the BSI system is turned on The BSI system provides an audible warn ing and flashes the indicator light when BSI is activated even if the BSW system is off i SETTING SSD0939 With navigation system Settings Navigation Volume amp Beeps ECO DRIVE Phone Driver Assistance Bluetooth Others Adjust settings for driver assist SSD1001 How to enable disable the BSI system using the settings menu During bad weather e g rain fog snow wind etc Perform the following steps to enable or Settings Dynamic Assistance Settings When driving on slippery roads disable the BSI system such as on ice or snow etc 1 Push the SETTING button and high Distance Control Assist con When driving on winding or uneven light the Driver Assista
310. es reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle The ICC system is designed to automati cally check the sensor s operation within the limitations of the system When the sensor is covered with dirt or obstructs the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transpar ent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill How ever the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decele rates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly en ough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a war
311. esasccedeessiaveecacwes Windshield wiper blades Cleaning eiscccscccsseveccaseicccsesestessveceaseesustteceenyes REPLACING 065 ee eeo EEEL ETE SERES i Brake e esete ear EEA Oa EE S Self adjusting brakes eeessseessessssessssesssee Brake pad wear warning Exterior and interior lights seeesseseseesssees 8 32 Wheels and tires Tire pressure Tire labeling ssisoeressinesiisicescrsaes resesi nisi Types of tires Tire chains Changing wheels and tireS ceeeeeeeee 8 41 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new INFINITI has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your INFINITI s fine mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your INFINITI at regular intervals 8 2 Maintenance an
312. esponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it 2 54 Instruments and controls Automatic operation To fully open or close the window com pletely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function AX WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs If the windows do not close auto matically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initi alize the power window system 1 Pu
313. essure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instruc tions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position 4 Turn off the engine Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assis tance personnel that you need assis tance Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AX WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission into P Park Never change t
314. et Phonebook j Call History 4j International Call To exit hold the TALK switch SAA3001 Example 2 Placing an international callto 2 The system announces Would you like the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 to access Phone Navigation Informa 1 Push the TALK switch located on tion Audio or Help the steering wheel 3 Speak Phone 4 126 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To exit hold the TALK switch 4 Speak International Call SAA2536 Voice Recognition International Call Yul LS Y O Say the entire number or groups of y group numbers Say 0 9 pound star or plus Manual Controls To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2541 5 Speak 011811112223333 Yul Voice Recognition International Call LS Y WY Dial J Change Number 011811112223333 Manual Controls Please continue or say Dial To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2542 6 Speak Dial 7 System makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 Note Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION AL TERNATE COMMAND MODE The following section is applicable when Alternate Command Mode is activated When Alternate Command Mode is acti vated an expanded list of commands can be used after pressing the TALK switch
315. etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and Cleaning exterior ce eceeeecceeseseeeeeeeeees Wa SHINS iessen areires e a ans Removing SpotS s essessossesseesossesssossose Und rb dy s srne arneses Chrome patts sssessssesssessssessscesssesseeesseess Tire dressing naisse esneari care Corrosion protection Cleaning interior sesocsiiesisessierres sadscs eeens r h 7 4 Air frOSNONECMS csccsiccecescctvcecseccvsssceessvecevsesdaesanes 7 5 Moonroof SUNSHAEC ceccescescescesceeceeces 7 5 Floor mats Seat belts Most common factors contributing to VEHICLE Corrosi n ccecceccsccsecescsceecesceecees 7 7 Environmental factors influence the rate Of COMOSION seoaren renens aeieea anas 7 7 To protect
316. etooth Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call Example Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those for the INFINITI controller are possi ble using the touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area on the screen Touch the BACK 2 key to return to the previous screen SAA2474 Adjusting an item Touch the or 2 key to adjust the settings Touch the or key to move to the previous or next item Touch the or key to move to the previous or next page MM Full E Phone Phonebook SAA2475 Inputting characters Touch the letter or number 4 There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark e Space Inserts a space Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is neces sary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or
317. ety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 1 Crash zone sensor Supplemental front air bag modules INFINITI Advanced Air Bags 3 Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags 4 Occupant classification sensor pat tern sensor Occupant classification system con trol unit Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 8 Lap outer pretensioners if so equipped 9 Air bag Control Unit ACU 10 Satellite sensors 11 Seat belts with pretensioners INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification require ments under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not
318. ff the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury AQ CAUTION Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels are raised If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible If the warning light remains on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking Starting and driving 5 91 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AX WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents 5 92 Starting and driving SIN SN AN SNIN a 5 e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P Park Fai
319. formation label See Tire and loading information label in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS con trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By pre venting each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles AX WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors elec tric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsa tion in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicat
320. functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 2 11 Instruments and controls 1 Check the brake fluid level If brake fluid is necessary add fluid and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer See Brake fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI retailer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illumi nate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake sys tem checked and if necessary repaired by an INFINITI retailer promptly See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this section AX WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the 2 12 Instrume
321. g conditions The vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shin ing on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roads may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes When the Preview Function operates the brake pedal may move slightly and may make a small noise This is not a system malfunction Starting and driving 5 95 CRUISE SSD0471 Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not operating properly a chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunction ing the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer 5 96 Starting and driving How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the fr
322. ges the vehicle is at standstill e When the selector lever is not in the D or Manual mode e When the windshield wipers are operat ing at high speed HI If the vehicle is equipped with a rain sensing auto wiper the system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position When the parking brake is applied When the drive mode select switch is turned to the SNOW mode e When the VDC system is turned off e When ABS or VDC including the trac tion control system operates When driving into a strong light i e sunlight When distance measurement becomes impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor When a wheel slips CRUISE Vig SEALY ZO MPH N Warning light and display Condition A Under the following conditions the Intelli gent Cruise Control system is automatically canceled The chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set e When the VDC is turned off e When the ABS or VDC including the traction control system operates e When a tire slips When the drive mode select switch is turned to the SNOW mode e When strong light sunlight etc is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the Intelligent Cruise Control MAIN Switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system CRUISE CLEAN SENSOR CRUISE SSD0989 Condition B When the sensor win
323. ght on or off Instruments and controls 2 59 INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH ON switch When the ON switch is pushed on the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate When the switch is turned off the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition DOOR OFF switch When the DOOR OFF switch is not pushed on the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate under the following conditions 2 60 Instruments and controls e ignition switch is switched to the OFF position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off When the DOOR OFF switch is pushed on the map and rear personal lights will not illuminate under the above condition The map and rear personal lights can be turned on only with the ON switch The lights will also turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illumi nated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see
324. hat your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury e When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Starting and driving 5 9 Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine e The trunk area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function e If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function e If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range
325. he distance for changing the engine oil See Trip compu ter later in this section 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See Trip compu ter later in this section 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See Trip computer later in this section AX WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks including tire pressure checks See Changing wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Many factors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to perform regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil
326. he following conditions the DCA system will not operate and the DCA system switch indicator light will blink e When the drive mode select switch is turned to the SNOW mode To use the DCA system turn the drive mode select switch to a mode other than the SNOW mode then turn on the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the INFINITI drive mode selector see INFINITI drive mode selector in the 5 Starting and driv ing section e When the VDC system is off To use the DCA system turn on the VDC then push the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the VDC system see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC sys tem later in this section e When ABS or VDC including the trac tion control system is operating e When driving into a strong light i e sunlight When the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode is operating the DCA system will not operate To use the DCA system turn the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode off then push the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode see Intelli gent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in this section When the engine is turned off the DCA system is automatically turned off Starting and driving 5 77 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation AX WARNING The Distance Control Assist
327. he present condition of air inside and outside the vehicle is indicated by color Blue The air is clean Orange The air is not clean Outside air circulation Air recirculation arrow The air flow of the outside air circula tion and air recirculation functions is indicated with an arrow Blue arrow The air is clean Orange arrow The air is not clean Auto humidity control status The condition of fog on the window is displayed When the window starts to fog the color turns white Outside air circulation Air recirculation display When the outside air circulation or air recirculation mode is automatically selected either gt or is displayed When the outside air circula tion or air recirculation mode is manu ally selected either lt gt or D and Manual are displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 Status Audio off w o F a ss MMM 75 lon control This unit generates highly concentrated Plasmacluster ion into the air blown from the ventilators and reduces odor absorbed into the interior trim The high density Plasmacluster ions gen erated in the air conditioners air stream not only suppress airborne bacteria and reduce the adherence of odors to the interior trim but also have a proven skin moisture preserving effect When the air conditioner is turned on the system generates Plasmacluster ion auto matically
328. he seat is adjusted over the maximum thresholds The system considers that the steering wheel and outside mirror adjustments are not neces sary because the seat may not be adjusted for the driving position Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting The seat synchronization function operates under the following conditions e The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion e The selector lever is in the P Park position If the outside mirrors or the steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment the function is automatically disabled Restart the function by selecting a previously stored seat memory position using the memory switches 1 or 2 An Intelligent Key that was previously linked to the stored seat memory can also be used to restart the function If a seat position was not previously stored in the seat memory restart the function by adjusting the steering wheel and outside mirrors manually for your best driving position and then drive the vehicle above 4 MPH 7 km h Cancel or activate seat synchroni zation function The selector lever must be in the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the mem ory system 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Push the ignit
329. he transmission and repair if necessary Starting and driving 5 17 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover using a suitable tool 5 18 Starting and driving 4 Push down the shift lock as illustrated 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever to N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock Push the ignition switch to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel if so equipped Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI retailer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible PARKING BRAKE AX WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking
330. he vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner system disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect dis posal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 MEMO 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and COCKPIT E EE RERE ES 2 3 Instrument panel ssessssesssessssesseessseesseeessecsseeessee 2 5 Meters and gauges sesssseseseesssessseesscesseessseess 2 6 Speedometer and odometer ccceeeeeeees 2 6 Tachomiet rer seernes carere niei 2 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 FUCL gage wie ccssssccsosverencstccssstenteveccnsscdvesseeaseuss 2 9 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders ec eeeeseeeeeseceeeeeeeeeseeeeees 2 10 Checking DUIDS eee eeeeeccetseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 10 Warning lights cc cceeeseecctesseeeeeeceeeeseeeees 2 11 Indicator lights ccesesscessssceeeeeeeeesseeeees 2 16 Audible reminder cccecsssceeeeescceeseeeeees 2 19 Dot matrix liquid crystal display eee 2 20 Indicators for Operation eeessseesesseeeeee 2 22 Indicators for maintenance ccceeesseeeeee 2 25 Trip COMPULCI escsccasecse
331. he vehicle is parked Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Seat lifter Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle of the front portion or height of the seat Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Push the front or back end of the switch to adjust the seatback lumbar area HEAD RESTRAINTS AX WARNING Head restraints supplement the other vehi cle safety systems They may provide addi tional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the head re 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system straints properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating posi tions equipped with head restraints The head restraints are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint SSS0992 SSS0997 Components A
332. he voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK lt switch to interrupt the system Remember to speak after the tone e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number O zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK switch during a phone call e The menu will be launched
333. hen you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise con trol To cancel the preset speed follow any of these methods 1 Push the CANCEL button The SET indicator will go out 2 Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out 3 Move the selector lever to the N Neutral position The SET indicator will go out 4 Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out e If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the 5 46 Starting and driving cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 7 MPH 12 km h below the set speed e If you move the selector lever to N Neutral position the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELER ATE switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km
334. her switch seese 2 40 Lane departure warning LDW system 5 23 LIGHUS oiii ee EEA T 2 11 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS naina aeii 5 4 6 2 8 34 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders seesssseseseesessesssersereessesse 2 10 Warning labels Air bag warning labels eeeeeeseeseeseeereseereees 1 52 Warning light Air bag warning light eseese 1 52 2 16 Anti lock braking system ABS Warning light sscccssececssreeesseeeesseeeestees 2 11 Brake warning light ssscccssssceesseeeeeee 2 11 Lane departure warning light 2 13 Low tire pressure warning light 4 2 14 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 15 Warranty Emission control system warranty 0 9 20 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Washing Waxing en Welcome light esssesscesssessecsseesseeesceeeseeesees 2 58 Wheel tire size cccsssccesssecessseceesseeeeseeeeseees 9 9 Wheels and tireS cessesssesseeeseceeseeeseeeneeesees 8 34 Care of Wheels cssceseceseseseeeseeeseeseseeeeee 7 3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 0 7 3 Window washer fluid eeseesseseeeeeseeeseee 8 18 Window s Cleaning 7 3 Power windows Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Wiper Rain sensing auto wiper SySteM cceee 2 33 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Wiper blades 0 eee e
335. hile the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to mal function e While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VIDEO CD formats Display settings To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played select the Others key and then select the Display key To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select the Display Adjustment key and then select each key Then you can adjust each item using the INFINITI controller After changes have been made push the BACK button to save the setting 0 00 00 Wide ple Too DIGITAL 5 1 ch SAA2497 Playing a DVD DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Push the DISC AUX button on the instru ment panel and turn the display to the DVD mode When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems being played and it will turn off auto matically after a period of time To tur
336. his section INFINITI recommends the use of an energy conser ving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the 9 6 Technical and consumer information American Petroleum Institute API certifi cation or International Lubricant Standar dization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE viscosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based o
337. ht sc eeseesssesseesseeeseeeseeeereeeeeeee 2 17 Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system eee 4 89 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 4 100 Bluetooth streaming audio scssscsseseeseeneeees 4 73 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS c00 5 96 Brake fluid eeeeeeeeeee Brake force distribution Brake system 04 a Parking brake operation ceseeseeereeeeee 5 18 Brake warning light csssccsssscesssreeessreeeees 2 11 Break in Schedule ceesceseesseeeseeeseeeeeeenee 5 90 Brightness control Display ON OFF button eeeeeseeseeeeeeeeee 4 10 Bulb check instrument panel ee eeeeeeeeeeeee 2 10 Bulb replacement scsscescesseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeee 8 31 c Cabin air filter eeseeeeeeeesessessessersesserssessessesse 4 47 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB radio eeeeesseeseeereeeseeeseeeee 4 89 Card holder eessessscssecesseeseesseeeseeeseeeseeeees 2 51 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst ceseesceseeeseeeseeeseeeeee CD CF USB memory care and cleaning Center multi function control panel Check tire pressure warning 2 23 Child restraints 1 21 LATCH system 1 22 Precautions on child restraints 1 21 Child safety 1 19 Child safety rear door lock Chimes Audible r
338. ht remains on see an INFINITI retailer immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing cruse Distance Control Assist DCA system warning light orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malfunc tion in the Distance Control Assist DCA system If the warning light illuminates park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and turn on the DCA system again If it is not possible to turn on the system or the warning light stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer awas 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS warning light if so equipped If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that there is a malfunction with the 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS portion of the steering system Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and then to the ON position If the light does not turn off after cycling the engine have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer For further information about the 4 Wheel Active Steer system see 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system in the 5 Starting and driving section If a malfunction occurs in the system the 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS function will cease but driving can be continued How ever the
339. htray lid push the lid down and release it To empty the ashtray pull out 2 The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lighter in all the way then release it When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use Ay cauTION The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter Instruments and controls 2 47 STORAGE CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION Ae e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger LD e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident SIC4341 SIC4342 Front REAR To open the cup holder push the lid To open the ashtray lid pull To remove the inner tray for cleaning pull To empty the ashtray pull it up as illustrated 2 48 Instruments and controls SIC2875 S 1C4344 Rear Open the lid of the rear center armrest to SUNGLASSES HOLDER use the cup holder AX WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasse
340. icle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed AX WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle
341. icle quickly enough If this occurs the DCA system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action See Approach warning later in this section This system only brakes and moves the accelerator pedal upward to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead Acceleration should be operated by the driver 5 72 Starting and driving The DCA system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead The detection zone of the sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the system to operate A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper distance SSD0252 away from vehicle traveling ahead Starting and driving 5 73 When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction
342. icle speed is below 3 MPH 4 8 km h or over 90 MPH 144 km h e When the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system is operated ECO pedal system if so equipped Helps assist the driver to improve fuel economy by increasing the reaction force of the accelerator pedal When the ECO drive indicator light is blinking or turns orange the ECO pedal system increases the reaction force of the accelerator pedal ECO drive indicator light Mluminate or blink when ECO Illuminate green When the pedal is depressed within range of economy drive se Ly eco When the pedal is depressed likely over the range of economy drive es Blink green When the pedal is depressed over the range of economy Illuminate orange drive SSD1041 When the ECO drive indicator illuminates in green the accelerator reaction force is normal When the ECO drive indicator light is blinking or turns orange the ECO pedal system increases the reaction force of the accelerator pedal The ECO pedal system may not vary accelerator reaction force under the follow ing conditions e When the selector lever is in the N Neutral or R Reverse position e When Intelligent Cruise Control ICC is being operated If the ECO pedal system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The ECO pedal system will not vary the reaction force of the accelerator pedal When the drive mode select switch is rotated from the ECO mode to
343. id without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the Intelli gent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and RSS Gen of IC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of this device SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the LOCK ACC or OFF position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobi
344. ific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once the user chooses to delete a phone or all phones the system asks the user to confirm NOTE When the user deletes a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted e Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A e Bluetooth On Off Use the Bluetooth On Off command to turn on off Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Help The system announces the available commands VOICE ADAPTATION MODE The Voice Adaptation mode allows up to two users with different dialects to train the system to improve recognition accu racy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation m
345. igation Volume amp Beeps Bluetooth Connect BI Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to Audio ECO DRIVE use with the handsfree phone system Connected Devices For audio devices please select No Phone Driver Assistance Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Connected Phone E Yes No Cancel J Bluetooth Others SAA2507 Connecting procedure 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key 3 A confirmation screen will be dis layed Select No 1 Push the SETTING button and select the ang A A Bluetooth key Note Selecting Yes will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth device 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Connect Bluetooth Settings Connect Bluetooth ia 4 C 5 e ox C7 DCE DC C Please input passke SAA3005 4 Choose a PIN code to use with the compatible Bluetooth audio device using the number input screen The PIN code will need to be entered into the Bluetooth audio device after step 5 Select the OK key Start connecting your Bluetooth Audio device The PIN is XXXX Cancel Please input passke SAA3006 5 The standby message screen will ap pear Operate the compatible Blue tooth audio device For the connecting procedure of the audio device see the Bluetooth audio in structions When the connecting is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display
346. ight coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be diffi cult to remove 7 4 Appearance and care e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manu facturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturers recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AX WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury an interior surface onto the surface to remove as much Ay cauTION Ligue iype alt ene ey op dampness as possible and then let air e Never use benzine thinner or any immediate damage and discoloration e Clean oil based stains by patting
347. ight remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection main tenance test See Readiness for Inspec tion Maintenance I M test US only Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunc tion has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 8 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the i light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission con trol system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage 1 Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h 2 Avoid hard acceleration or decelera tion 3 Avoid steep uphill grades 4 If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retaile
348. ild and another passenger INFINITI recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or collision loose objects can injure occu pants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attach ments that can be connected to these anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren
349. imum weight load limit spe cified for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle pas sengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity max imum total weight limit specified 9 16 Technical and consumer information of the load passengers and car go for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information la bel e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit Example 1 P Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Example 2 Occupants Load limit up 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capa city on the Tire and Loading In formation label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add R2 E 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg
350. include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under con trolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden 9 20 Technical and consumer information tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AX WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for de tails For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet Warr
351. int system SSS0162 SSS0159 AX WARNING Front seat mounted side impact supplemen tal air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags e The front seat mounted side impact air bags and roof mounted curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the supplemental side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be espe cially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Saf
352. ion Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law In addition to factory installed options your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by INFINITI or by your authorized INFINITI retailer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions con cerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory Please see your retailer for details concerning the particular acces sories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AX WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMIN DERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could dis tract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWA
353. ion switch to the ON position 3 Adjust the driver s seat steering col umn and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional infor mation see Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section and Tilt telescopic steering earlier in this section and Outside mirrors earlier in this section 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch If memory is stored in the same Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 seconds push the jg button on the Intelligent Key If the indicator light blinks the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion and then push the j button on the Intelligent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Push the ignition switch to the ON
354. ip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet 5 The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hour
355. ipped The transmission shifts to the lower range When canceling the manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range tempora rily The transmission will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short period of time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 seconds In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 P M2 gt M3 4 M4 2 M5 M6 lt lt lt lt lt M7 7th Use these positions for all normal forward driving at highway speeds M6 6th and 5 5th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving 2M7 down long slopes M4 4th 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel econ omy e Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges
356. irection of the signal The LDP system will be deactivated for approxi mately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off e When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 70 km h e When the BSI system activates an audible warning or brake control After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied the warning and assist functions will resume Condition B The assist function of the LDP system is not designed to work under the following conditions warning is still functional e When the brake pedal is depressed e When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary for the vehicle to change lanes e When the accelerator pedal is de pressed while the brake control assist is provided e When the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC approach warning occurs 5 30 Starting and driving e When the hazard warning flashers are operated e When driving on a curve at high speed After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied the LDP brake control assist function will resume Condition C Under the following conditions a beep will sound and the LDP system will be canceled automatically The LDP ON indicator light will blink in green and the LDP system cannot be activated e When the VDC system except TCS function or ABS operates e When the VDC system is turned off e When the drive mode
357. ires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance In case of emergency 6 3 MCE0001A SCE0882 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up Getting the spare tire and tools Raise the trunk floor cover using the tab Remove jacking tools located inside the trunk as illustrated Remove the cap holding the spare tire AX WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury SCE0881 6 4 In case of emergency Jacking up the vehicle and remov Carefully read the caution label attached to ing the damaged tire the jack body and the following instruc tions AX WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Jack up point 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up e Use the correct jack up points Never use any
358. is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI retailer because the fuel lines are under high pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 even when the engine is off A CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available See Owner s Manual Service Manual order information in the 9 Technical and consumer information sec tion You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be done by an INFINITI retailer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS
359. is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the cen ter display changes to the USB memory mode Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller ll Pause Select the 1 P key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file select the p key gt Play Select the P key to start playing a movie file for example after pausing a movie file W STOP Select the m key to stop playing a movie file gt gt l Skip Next chapter Select the gt i key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 l44 Skip Previous chapter Select the Ja key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the maf key is Audio File Play Back selected Play Mode Normal List 10Key Search USB Settings Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list Example Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings e Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This ite
360. is placed near an electric appliance such as a perso nal computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating condi tions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is discharged replace it with a new one Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see Intelligent Key battery repla cement in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism Because the steering wheel is locked electrically unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impossible when the vehicle battery is completely discharged Pay special attention that the vehicle battery Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 is not completely discharged As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI retailer A CAUTION e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact
361. ition e The ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position SIC3869 VANITY MIRROR To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER The automatic drive positioner system has four features e Entry exit function e Seat synchronization function e Memory storage e Setting memory function ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat and steering column will automati cally move when the selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position The driver s seat will not return to the previous positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch is operated when the seat is at the exit position 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments Cancel or activate entry exit func tion The selector lever must be in the P Park position with the ignition switch in the OFF position The entry exit function can be activated or canceled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds The indicator lights on the memory switche
362. ition systems 4 39 AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Type B Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used year round as the system automatically controls constant temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the desired temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button The AUTO indicator light on the button will illuminate and AUTO will appear on the display 2 Push the temperature control button driver s side to set the desired tem perature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically 3 To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Dehumidified defrosting defogging 1 Push the y button The indicator light will illuminate 2 Push the temperature control button driver side to set the desired tem perature e To remove frost from the outside surface of the windshield quickly set the temperature control and fan speed control to their maximum position e After the windshield is cleared push the AUTO bu
363. its Tire Pressure key and push the ENTER button From the following display select kPa or psi When the ignition switch is in the ACC position the Select Units Tire Pressure key is not displayed Voice Recognition settings models with navigation system For details about the Voice Recognition settings see INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system later in this section Camera settings The CAMERA screen will appear when selecting the Camera key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For the details about the camera system operation see Rearview monitor later in this section 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Image Viewer 3 Image_3 jpg 4 Image_4 jpg 5 Image_5 jpg 6 Image_6 jpg 1 8 Full Screen Display SAA2491 Image Viewer models with naviga tion system The image files in the USB memory will be displayed To display the Image Viewer push the SETTING button select the Other key and then select the Image Viewer key The image of the selected file is displayed on the right side of the screen When a number of folders are included in the USB memory select a folder from the list to display the file list Images will not be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction To view images s
364. j Transfer Handset Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2581 DURING A CALL During a call there are several command options available Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands digits Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call For exam ple if directed to dial an extension by an automated system Speak Sending one two three four The system acknowledges the com mand and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 call e Mute on off Use the Mute com mand to mute the user s voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute the user s voice e Transfer Handset Use the Transfer Handset command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to a cellular phone when privacy is desired The system an nounces Transfer Handset The call is transferred to the handset only The system then ends the VR session The Transfer Call command can also be issued again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle e Help The system announces the available commands NOTE If the other party ends the call or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature may need to be reset to off
365. just every time the brake pedal is applied AX WARNING See an INFINITI retailer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance intervals 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT A cauTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK positi
366. justable headrests nsseesssessseessseesseesssees 1 8 Armie Strccsissesessptrcorsrs iaieiiea ia 1 10 Seat beltSi seeneniit e ri ose 1 12 Precautions on seat belt usage eee 1 12 Pregnant WOMEN ceeceecssceeceesesscsseesesees 1 14 Injured PETSONS eeeesceeeeceeeesseeeeseeeeeseeeeees 1 14 Pre crash seat belts with comfort function front seats if so equipped ccseeceeee 1 14 Three point type seat belt cece eee 1 15 Seat belt extenders ccccceccsccsecseceeceeeees 1 18 Seat belt Maintenance ccsccseseceeeseeeee 1 18 Child Safety i c csccccsrscaoveatecssascocesscescavedeceseceaes 1 19 fan a dedc cde vecss ae REE EAT NERA aias 1 20 Small cChiIGren ccccceeceecescesccseeeecescasceee 1 20 Larger children 20 0 eee teecccteeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeees Child restraints ss enre err svessesdedescss sess Precautions on child restraints Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH ccccssscccssseccessscceessceeeeees Rear facing child restraint installation USING LATCH sssini eea re edevedegsueedevauess Rear facing child restraint installation using the Seat belts sissssisrsisesiscririsssrscicsoirsisssess Forward facing child restraint installation USING LATCH e ere esa reer aie ee ESS Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS eesssessseesseesssessssesssee Installing top tether strap essse
367. king on a hill apply the parking brake first then move Starting and driving 5 15 the selector lever to the P Park position A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is en gaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 5 16 Starting and driving Paddle shifters if so equipped Manual shift mode When the selector lever is in the manual shift gate the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the selector lever up or down or pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter if so equipped When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side or pull the right side paddle shifter if so equipped The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side or pull the left side paddle shifter if so equ
368. l have to manually SSD0253 control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead SSD0254 When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this occurs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed Starting and driving 5 53 Intelligent cruise control switch The system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally 2 SET COAST switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 5 54 Starting and driving DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following dis tance e Long e Middle e Short MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system oe T _60 wpx CRUISE lt 5 SSD0978 Intelligent cruise control system display and indicators The display is located between the speed ometer and t
369. ld restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat ye map SSS0640 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a forward facing direc tion Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints earlier in this section or Adjustable headrests earlier in this section for head restraint or headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor
370. le Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Mea surement of weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading Information label LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AX WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting 9 18 Technical and consumer information Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading could not only short en the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire malfunc tion which could result in a serious accident and personal in jury Failures caused by overload ing are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight
371. le Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION e Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Technical and consumer information 9 5 GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in t
372. le ahead When the system judges that your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the travel lane the vehicle ahead detection indicator light on the instrument panel blinks and a warning chime sounds PRECAUTIONS ON FCW SYSTEM AX WARNING e The FCW system is intended to warn you before a collision but will not avoid a collision It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e As there is a performance limit the system may not provide a warning in certain conditions e The system will not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e The system will not detect another vehicle under the following conditions When the sensor gets dirty and it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When driving into a strong light i e sunlight The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore the system may not function properly under the following conditions When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are positioned high or close to each other including a small vehicle such as motorcycles When the sensor gets dirty or it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When the reflectors on the vehicle ahead are missing damaged or covered When the reflectors of
373. lecting the channel last played Turns on the USB memory Bluetooth Audio Turns on the Bluetooth audio player Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 133 Help Commands Command List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list Phone Commands Displays the phone command list Audio Commands Displays the audio command list Displays the information command list Displays the help command list Displays the User Guide 4 134 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems General Commands Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 135 Information User Guide Getting Started Let s Practice Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking 1 8 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice com mands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 5 Highlight an item using the INFINIT
374. les remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop See BSW BSI driving situations later in this section A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle See BSW BSI driving situations later in this section A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind See BSW BSI driving situations later in this section A vehicle which your vehicle over takes rapidly See BSW BSI driving situations later in this section Severe weather or road spray condi tions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles The radar sensors detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width When driving in a wider lane the 5 38 Starting and driving radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane When driving in a narrow lane the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects how ever objects such as guardrails walls foliage and parked vehicles may occa sionally be detected This is a normal operating condition The camera may not detect lane mar kers in the following situations and the BSI system may not operate properly On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non standard lane markers lane mar kers covered with water dirt snow
375. light orange if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light will come on in orange turn green and then turn off This indicates that the Lane Departure Warning LDW and Lane Departure Prevention LDP systems are operational While the LDW and or LDP system is on the light will blink in orange and a warning chime will sound if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane mar kers If the light comes on in orange and remains on it may indicate that the LDW and LDP 2 13 Instruments and controls systems are not functioning properly Have the systems checked by an INFINITI retailer See Lane Departure Warning LDW sys tem Lane Departure Prevention LDP sys tem in the 5 Starting and driving section Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display
376. lity to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e As there is a performance limit the system may not provide a warning or braking in certain conditions e The system will not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane The system will not detect another vehicle under the following conditions When the sensor gets dirty and it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When driving into a strong light i e sunlight The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore the system may not function properly under the following conditions When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are positioned high or close to each other including a small vehicle such as motorcycles When the sensor gets dirty and it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When the reflectors on the vehicle ahead are missing damaged or covered When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are covered with dirt snow or road spray When visibility is low such as rain fog snow etc When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles is splashed When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the visibility of the sensor When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or
377. lizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see an INFINITI retailer for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting an INFINITI retailer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AX WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm windshield with the defros ter before you wash the windshield CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir 2 31 Instruments and controls 2 32 tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls SIC4281 The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operat
378. ll Season or Snow and construction An INFINITI retailer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road condi tions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If
379. ll the headrest when the child restraint is removed See Adjustable headrests earlier in this section for headrest adjustment removal and installation information Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf 4 Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your INFINITI retailer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AA WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases e Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach e Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm e A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213
380. lligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 47 Dynamic driver assistance switch if so equipped P 5 22 P 5 31 P 5 69 2 4 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT PANEL UE ae 6 7 8 9 10 11 Side ventilator P 4 33 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 16 Meters and gauges P 2 6 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 40 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 34 SSI0690 Center display P 4 4 Navigation sys tem if so equipped Clock P 2 46 Center multi function control panel Navigation system if so equipped 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Vehicle information and setting buttons P 4 10 Audio system P 4 48 Automatic climate control system P 4 33 Forest Air system P 4 33 Center ventilator P 4 33 Audio system P 4 48 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 39 Hood release handle P 3 18 Fuse box cover P 8 26 Parking brake Parking P 5 18 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 Climate controlled seat switch P 2 43 Seat heater switch P 2 41 Drive mode select switch P 5 19 Cigarette lighter and ashtray P 2 47 Glove box lid release handle P 2 50 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 20 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 5 METERS AND GAUGES SIC4318 Speedometer SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
381. low beam 4 Map light 5 Rear personal light 6 Fog light 7 Side marker light 8 Step light 9 Courtesy light 10 High mounted stop light 11 Trunk light 12 License plate light 13 Back up light 14 Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker light HEADLIGHTS Replacing Xenon headlight bulb AX WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon headlights Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 replaced at an INFINITI retailer For addi tional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the 2 Instruments and controls section Use the same number and wattage shown in the following chart as originally in stalled If replacement is required see an INFINITI retailer Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact an INFINITI retailer 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight High Low beams xenon Front turn signal light Front fog light Park light Side marker light Rear combination light back up turn signal stop tail side marker License plate light Map light Rear p
382. lt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disinte gration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumula tion e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible Appearance and care 7 7 A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult an INFINITI retailer 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement ccesscesscesseeeeeeees 8 2 Scheduled maintenance cecesseseeeeeeeeees 8 2 General maintenance cessecesesesceeeeeeeeees 8 2
383. lure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmission selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Firmly apply the parking brake SD1006MA 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves Push the ignition switch to the OFF position POWER STEERING AX WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hy draulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at
384. m is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files e Play Mode Select the Normal or 1 Track Re peat play mode e 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified folder file will be played Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items DRC DRC Dynamic Range Compression automatically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle Select the preferred language for sub title Display Mode Select the Normal Wide Cinema or Full mode BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO models with navigation system Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Streaming Audio If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with streaming audio A2DP profile you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth de vice and the in vehicle audio system This connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth device using your vehicle speakers It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and skipping audio files using the AVRCP Bluetooth profile All Bluetooth Devices do not have the same level of controls for AVRCP Please consult the manual fo
385. m is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas e This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions e Stationary and slow moving vehicles e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane AX WARNING e As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decele rate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surround ing circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles e Ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that th
386. m the driver of a potential unin tended lane departure It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of the vehicle at all times e The system will not operate at speeds below approximately 45 MPH or if it cannot detect lane markers e If the LDW system malfunctions it will cancel automatically and the lane de parture warning light orange will illu minate e If the lane departure warning light orange illuminates pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle Turn the engine off and restart the engine If the lane departure warning light orange continues to illuminate have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer e Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard The system may not function properly under the following conditions e On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non stan dard lane markers or lane markers covered with water dirt snow etc e On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as shadows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs The LDW system could de
387. mber of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automatically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs DISC AUX PLAY When the DISC AUX CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play Menu models with navigation system When the Menu key on the display is selected while the CD is being played the menu screen will be displayed The follow ing menu options are available e Folder List for CD with compressed audio files Displays the folder list e Track List Displays the track list e Play Mode Select a play mode from the following items Normal 1 Folder Repeat for CD with com pressed audio files 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random for CD with compressed audio files e Record to Music Box for CD Select to choose specific songs on the CD to record to the Music Box e Title Text Priority for CD Set the priority to CDDB Compact Disc Data Base to acquire track information from the
388. mission model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC position Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion AX WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident A CAUTION e When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Except in an emergency do not shift to the
389. mmable liquid AQ CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint Pre driving checks and adjustments damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the gi mal function indicator light MIL to illumi nate If the Sa light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and SERVICE continue to drive the vehicle The ne light should turn off after a few driving trips If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears may cause the fate Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section JVP0046X remove the fuel filler cap Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling install the fuel filler cap Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard WARNING E LOOSE FUEL CAP MEXIT RESET
390. n 1 3 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e First generation iPod Classic firmware version 1 1 2 PC e Second generation iPod Classic firm ware version 2 0 PC e First generation iPod touch firmware version 2 1 e Second generation iPod touch firm ware version 2 1 1 e First generation iPod nano firmware version 1 3 1 e Second generation iPod nano firm ware version 1 1 3 e Third generation iPod nano firmware version 1 1 PC e Third generation iPhone firmware version 2 1 Make sure that the iPod version is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod DISC AUX PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is con nected push the DISC AUX button repeat edly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the INFINITI controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further info
391. n Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommen dations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle
392. n appears Select Help on Speaking to start display push the TALK switch on the steering wheel 3 Speak the displayed number after the tone The evaluation screen will be displayed and the result can be con firmed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which can take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK amp switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best recognition performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice com mands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words If the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recog nized more easily 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA3001 Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK the steering whe
393. n at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specifica tion at each tire rotation interval AX WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure 1 Wear indicator e Retighten the wheel nuts when 2 Wear indicator location mark the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in Tire wear and damage cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the T type spare A WARNING tire or any other small size spare en i z e Tires should be periodically in tire in the tire rotation spected for wear cracking bul e For additional information regard ging or objects caught in the ing tires refer to Important Tire tread If excessive wear cracks Safety Information US or Tire bulging or deep cuts are found Safety Information Canada in the tire s should be replaced 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI retailer For additional informatio
394. n is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the cen ter display changes to the USB memory mode esse Next Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind When the a or button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory will return to normal play speed When the or m4 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller fer RANDOM RDM REPEAT RPT When the RDM RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Random 1 Folder Random Normal Text models without navigation sy
395. n it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video You may also use the INFINITI controller to select an item from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the INFINITI controller or touch screen to select an item from the displayed menus ll PAUSE Select the i key to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key P PLAY Select the p key to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD WE STOP Select the m key to stop playing the DVD PPI 4 Next Previous Chapter Select the or a key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward backward The chapters will advance go back the number of times this key is selected I gt lt l Commercial Skip This function is only for DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the gt or a key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD Settings menu Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed For details see the instructions on the disc DVD Setting Key Title Menu Title Search Q L D
396. n regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carry ing capacity as originally equipped See Specifications in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recom mended types and sizes of tires and wheels AX WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speed ometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling characteristics and or interfer ence with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased brak ing efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See Wheels and tires in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function
397. n since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows 3 Elapsed time and trip odometer mls or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time 4 Distance to empty dte mls or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range w
398. n system later in this section page 2 this device must accept any inter 4 114 ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device JVH0047X must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired CONTROL BUTTONS operation of the device TALK PHONE SEND button e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 Vehicle Phonebook Volume Connect Phone Call History Handset Phonebook Connected Phone Dial Number The system is searching for your phone Using your handset look for a Bluetooth device called MY CAR When requested by the handset enter the PIN 1234 Exiting screen cancels search Cancel CONNECTING PROCEDURE 1 Push the button and select the Connect Phone key Connects a phone using Bluetooth When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the compatible Blue tooth cellular phone to enter the PIN code The connecting procedure of the cellu lar phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can also visit www InfinitiUSA com bluetooth or call INFINITI C
399. n the key to the right side of the vehicle To close remove the key and push the trunk lid down TRUNK OPEN BUTTON The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the TRUNK OPEN button on the Intelligent HOLD Key for more than 1 second Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See Keys earlier in this section To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position SPA2768 TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove A WARNING box is in the OFF position A the power to the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch or the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk lid securely latched When you have to leave the vehicle with a when not in use and prevent children s valet and want to keep your belongings access to Intelligent Keys safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to OFF and lock the glove box The interior trunk lid release mechanism with the mechanical key Then leave the allows opening of the trunk lid in the event 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments that peo
400. n the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see How to use SETTING button earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect func tions as follows e Speed Sensitive Vol e Precision Phased Audio if so equipped e BOSE Centerpoint 2 if so equipped e BOSE AudioPilot 2 if so equipped For more details see How to use SETTING button earlier in this section Switching the display Pushing the DISC AUX button will switch the displays as follows e Models with navigation system When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception FM AM radio FM AM band select iPod USB CD DVD gt Music Box gt Bluetooth Audio gt iPod USB e Models without navigation system iPod USB CD gt iPod USB Linking Intelligent Key models with navi gation system The audio settings can be memorized for each Intelligent Key For more details see Setting memory function in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section FM AM SAT radio operation When the radio band select button is pushed while the igniti
401. n the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI vehicle limited warran ties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go rush hour traffic Refer to the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide for the maintenance sche dule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents AQ CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air con ditioning system and will require the repla cement of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not
402. nation When this item is turned to ON the interior lights will illuminate if any door is un locked Light Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left Lift Steering Wheel on Exit if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the steering wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the previous position Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the driver s seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the driver s seat moves to the previous position Light Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from 0 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 60 seconds 4 22 Monitor climate audio
403. nce key on the ane Desana Prevention oon roads display using the INFINITI controller p When there is a lane closure due to Then push the ENTER 2 button 2 Highlight the Dynamic Assistance Set tings key and push the ENTER 2 button road repairs When driving in a makeshift lane When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow SSD1002 When driving with a tire that is not 3 Highlight the Blind Spot Intervention within normal tire conditions e g key select ON enabled or OFF dis tire wear low tire pressure installa abled and push the ENTER button tion of spare tire tire chains non For the LDP and DCA systems see Lane standard wheels Departure Prevention LDP system earlier in this section and Distance Control Assist DCA system later in this section When the vehicle is equipped with non original brake parts or suspen sion parts e Excessive noise e g audio system vo A WARNING lume open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound and it may not be e Do not use the BSI system under the heard following conditions because the system may not function properly e The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSI BSW when Starting and driving 5 37 certain objects are present such as Pedestrians bicycles animals Several types of vehicles such as motorcycles Oncoming vehicles Vehic
404. ndicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing SIC3272 FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the zO position then turn the switch to the 0 position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position turning the fog light switch to the 0 position will turn on the headlights fog lights and the other lights while the ignition switch is in the ON position or the engine is running 2 39 Instruments and controls HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH rs SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions All turn signal lights will flash AX WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might be come a hazard to other traffic 2 40 Instruments and controls e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position When an impact that could activate the supplemental air bags is detected the hazard warning flasher lights blink auto matically If the hazard warning flasher switch is pushed the hazard w
405. ndows are open Push the ignition switch to the OFF position Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle Close all doors hood and trunk Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or 2 29 Instruments and controls mechanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the 2 30 Instruments and controls alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the trunk l
406. necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AX WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section ye SSS0640 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger Seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore Safety Seats seat b
407. new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction e Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the con tact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See an INFINITI retailer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device LIGHTS SDI2552 1 Front turn signal light 2 Park light 3 Headlight high and
408. ng three times flashes the BSW BSI indicator light and slightly ap plies the brakes for a short period of time on one side to help return the vehicle back to the traveling lane The BSI system provides an audible warning and turns on or flashes the BSW BSI indicator light even if the BSW system is off AX WARNING e The BSW and BSI systems are not a replacement for proper driving procedure and are not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects When changing lanes always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direc tion you will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Never rely solely on the BSW or BSI system e Using the BSI system under some road lane marker or weather conditions could lead to improper system operation Al ways rely on your own steering and braking operation to avoid accidents The BSW and BSI systems may not provide a warning or brake control for vehicles that pass through the detection zone quickly SSD1028 BSW BSI indicator light BSW SYSTEM OPERATION If the radar sensors detect vehicles in the detection zone the BSW BSI indicator light located inside the outside mirrors illuminates If the turn signal is then activated the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and a chime sounds twice The indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicles leave the detection zone The BSW BSI indicator lights illuminate for a few seconds when the ignition switch is pu
409. ng ni ra e 9 19 Uniform tire quality grading 0 0 eee ee eens 9 19 TREAU Wa lsai casks chee cadeSecedelsh edie devedarezassesangtenees 9 19 Traction AA A B and Cu ccccesceeceeceeeeeees 9 20 Temperature A B and Cu eecceescensceeeeeees 9 20 Emission control system warranty s008 9 20 Reporting safety defects cc eeeceeeeeceeeeseeeeeee 9 21 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test US ONY sicsseescecvsssecessssawes saveeceasesccvessccavesvessbsses 9 22 Event Data Recorders EDR cccseccseeceeeees 9 23 Owner s Manual Service Manual Order information ccsccesscesscessccesccnsceesceees 9 23 In the event of a collision ccc eee eeee eens 9 24 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 20 1 8 gal 16 3 4 gal 76 See Fuel recommendation later in this section Engine oil 2 Drain and refill VQ37VHR 5 1 8 qt 4 3 8 qt 4 9 With oil filter change VK56VD 2WD 6 3 8 qt 5 1 4 qt 6 0 AWD 6 1 2 qt 5 3 8 qt 6 1 e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 1 10 VQ37VHR 4 7 8 qt 4 0 qt 4 6 e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 Without oil filter change VK56
410. ng or adjusting the informa tion on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu See the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for the following items Where am Traffic Info Weather Info Map Update Navigation Version When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Navigation Version key is displayed after selecting the Others key Information Fuel Economy Distance to Empty BERR mile Avg Fuel Econ 30 MPG an MPG P o SAA2479 Models with navigation system Fuel Econ Reset Fuel Eco Fuel Eco History Information Fuel Eco History MPG 30 Reset Interval Latest SAA2480 Models with navigation system C Information gt Fuel Economy Distance to Empty 34 miles Aj Fuel Economy Average Fuel 2 omy LY Reset e Fuel Eco History Reset Interval Latest JVHO057M Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Fuel Economy information The approximate distance to empty aver age fuel economy and current fuel econo my will be displayed for reference To reset the average fuel economy Avg Fuel Econ select the Reset Fuel Eco or Reset key If the Fuel Eco History or View key is selected the average fuel consumption history will be displayed in graph form along with
411. ng the seat belts Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 1 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information see Child restraints later in this section The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown seat belt use by an occupant the ALR 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward mode should not be activated If it is the retractor to take up extra slack Be activated it ma
412. ngs key and push the ENTER button SSD0939 With navigation system Settings Navigation Volume amp Beeps ECO DRIVE Phone Driver Assistance Bluetooth Others Adjust settings for driver assist SSD1001 Starting and driving 5 25 warning light orange will stop flashing LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM e When the LDP system is operating avoid excessive or sudden steering maneu vers Otherwise you could lose control Settings Driver Assistance Warnings Forward Collision Warning O ON Lane Departure Warning O ON Blind Spot Warning O ON JVS0080X 3 Highlight the Lane Departure Warning key select ON enabled or OFF dis abled and push the ENTER button Temporary disabled status at high temperature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approximately 104 F 40 C and then started the LDW system may be deacti vated automatically The lane departure warning light orange will flash When the interior temperature is reduced the LDW system will resume operating automatically and the lane departure 5 26 Starting and driving Precautions on LDP system AX WARNING The LDP system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of vehicle at all times
413. ning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed is below approximately 15 MPH 24 km h and a vehicle is not detected ahead The system will also disengage when the vehicle goes above the maximum set speed See Approach warning later in this section The following items are controlled in the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode e When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 MPH 32 and 144 km h e When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The adjusting speed range is up to the set speed If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill with in the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges a Starting and driving 5 51 standstill with a warning chime e When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehi cle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maint
414. not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME 1 To set the clock forward push the button 2 To set the clock backward push the button 3 To move forward or backward faster push and hold the button more than 5 seconds For details about display clock adjustment if so equipped see How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio 2 46 Instruments and controls POWER OUTLET phone and voice recognition systems section SIC4339 The power outlet is located in the center console A CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use power outlet with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any liquid to contact the outlet CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAYS 1C4340 FRONT To open the as
415. note Software copyright 2000 2009 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trade marks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Grace note logo are trademarks of Gracenote _ SAA0451 CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING CD DVD e Handle a CD DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems cleaner or alcohol intended for indus trial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory e Never touch the terminal portion of the USB memory e Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory e Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations Do not expose the USB memory to direct sunlight e Do not spill an
416. nsfer Entry Enter Manual Mode Go Back Phonebook e a name Use the name command to seek the name and locations registered in the phonebook in alphabetical order When the system acknowledges the alphabet the user spoke the system announces all registered names and locations beginning with that alphabet Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session List Names Use the List Names command to hear the names and locations registered in the phonebook When the system acknowledges the command the sys tem announces all voicetags registered in the system Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to transfer the phonebook data stored in a cellular phone to the system The system acknowledges the com mand and asks the user to initiate a transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via a Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for more infor mation The system repeats the number and prompts the user for the next command After entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if the user w
417. nt passenger seating position See an INFINITI retailer for assis tance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AX WARNING e Only INFINITI seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the INFINITI seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry e If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced
418. ntrol func tion e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving condi tions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the VDC warning light amp in the instrument panel 5 98 Starting and driving flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warn ing light in the 2 Instruments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light illuminates in the instrument panel The VDC system auto matically turns off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator 2 illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to p
419. ntry state province or district and registered its modifications trans portation and registration are the respon sibility of the user INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION STIO716 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration STI0717 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment Technical and consumer information 9 11 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown STI0718 F M V S S C MV S S CERTIFICA TION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C MV S S certifica tion label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identifi cation Number VIN etc Review it care fully VQ37VHR engine 9 12 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is attached as shown ST10721 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire The air conditioner specification label is and Loading Information label
420. nts that can be connected to anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 LATCH rigid attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint SSS0791 Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Installing top tether strap later in this section If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat consult an INFINITI retailer for details 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child
421. nts and controls nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI retailer g Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Intervention BSI sys tem warning light orange if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator light will first illuminate in orange and turn green before turning off This indicates that the Blind Spot Warning BSW and Blind Spot Inter vention BSI systems are operational If the light comes on in orange and remains on it may indicate that the BSW and BSI systems are not functioning properly Although the vehicle is still driveable have the systems checked by an INFINITI retailer See Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system in the 5 Starting and driving section Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the lig
422. o not do this or Do not let this happen O e If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action gt t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AX WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batteries may contain perchlorate materi al The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon Corporation and Clarion Co Ltd Bluetooth Gracenote is a registered tra demark of Gracenote Inc The Gracenote logo and logo type and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Grace note a L Qfacencte XM Radio requi
423. o the Intelligent Key and the memorized settings can be available for each Intelligent Key e Climate control system e Navigation system if so equipped e Audio system To use the memory function lock the doors with the Intelligent Key that is linked to the settings To enable the memorized settings 1 Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked to the settings and unlock the doors by pushing the driver s door handle re quest switch or UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Connection with the key has been done will be displayed on the screen and the memorized settings are available only when a new Intelligent Key is used SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h When the adjusting switch for the driver s seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second When the seat steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position When no position is stored in the memory switch When the engine is started while moving the automatic drive positioner When the selector lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position However it will not be canceled if the switch is pushed whil
424. ode is selected to prevent dust dirt and pollen from entering the vehicle and the system cleans the air inside of the vehicle with Plasmacluster ion that are emitted from the ventilator After 40 seconds the out side odor and exhaust gas sensor activates and automatically alternates between the recirculation mode and outside air circula tion mode e The outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor detects industry odors such as pulp or chemicals and exhaust gas such as gasoline or diesel Inside Air Quality sensor This vehicle is equipped with an inside air quality sensor When the sensor detects odor in the cabin the system increases the fan speed automatically When the Forest Air system is on the inside air quality sensor will turn on This function may not work during the first 5 minutes after the engine is started because the system is still warming up e The Outside Inside Air Mix function will turn off when the air recirculation and outside air circulation modes are chan ged manually When the Outside Inside Air Mix function is not active turn off and on the Forest Air system the Outside Inside Air Mix function will activate again Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 Auto humidity control The sensor installed on the upper side of the windshield detects the temperature and humidity of the passenger compart ment and the surface of the windshield and controls the humi
425. odel for each connected phone Training procedure 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 transmission in Park 3 Press the button 4 Speak Help The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 5 Speak Voice Adaptation The system acknowledges the command and dis plays the voice adaptation mode screen 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions provided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the e button 8 The voice adaptation mode will be explained Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to regis ter your name 11 The system will announce that voice adaptation has been completed and the system is ready The voice adaptation mode will stop if e The button is pressed in voice adaptation mode e The vehicle is driven during voice adaptation mode e The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position 4
426. of the owner of the copyright except for personal use Check if the music is appropriately recorded to the hard disk drive after recording when the compact disc can not be rerecorded Some music cannot be recorded de pending on the disc condition due to high speed recording Jumping sounds may be recorded when a compact disc is recorded while driving on rough roads and excessive vibration occurs A mark indicating jumping sounds is displayed if jumping sounds are re corded No sounds may be recorded if jumping sounds occurs or the disc is in poor condition Tracks that include Serial Copy Manage ment System SCMS are not recorded If a compact disc is scratched or dirty it may not be recorded jumping sounds may occur or it may take a long time to record Automatic title download The title information that is automati cally downloaded may differ from the actual title When newly released compact discs are recorded their title information may not be downloaded The title information in the hard disk can be updated See Playing recorded songs later in this section 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems PUSH OFF ee oe SAA2957 ON OFF VOLUME control knob 5 XM radio band select button Radio CAT category REW rewind 6 DISC AUX selector button button for SEEK TRACK 7 RDM random RPT repeat play but Radio CAT category FF
427. ol ICC system MAIN switch indicator 0 eeeeeseeneeeteetereeeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 24 10 4 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system waring light ee eeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeees 2 13 Intelligent Keyin nnani 3 2 Intelligent Key system eseeeseeseeserserseserersersersees 3 7 Battery replacement Key operating range Key operation Warning signals Interior light control switch 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 60 Interior light replaceMent esseseeeseeereeeeee 8 32 Interior lights sccccsdscs scecesdisescssoiacesssacssenseescasziosss 2 59 Interior trunk lid release oo ee eeeeseeeseeeeeeenee 3 20 iPod player operation c sccsessesesesesseseseseeeess 4 78 ISOFIX child restraint ee eeceseeseeseeeeeeeeeee 1 22 J JUMP Starting ou cecscsececseasenssorssenvecesesvsscenseeeesene 6 8 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry SYSTEM cececsseeesscseessecsseessscseeeseeseees 3 14 KEYS stages concadesuss concen sacsaiceassuelausveheveccyevsbesyevene 3 2 For Intelligent Key system s sseseseesesseseseesesese 3 7 L Labels Air bag warning labels eesesessesesseeereseerses 1 52 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Emission control information label 9 13 Engine Serial number ceseeseeseeeseeenee 9 12 F MV S S C MV S S certification label 9 12 Tire and Loading information label 8 36 9 13 Vehicle identification number VIN 04 9 11
428. ol system is set the DCA system will be cancelled Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and DCA system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The chime sounds e The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehi cles is increasing e When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly Starting and driving 5 79 SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the sensor detects some reflectors which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the DCA system to operate inappropriately The sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper
429. old Refer to the manufac turer s instructions for minimum and max imum weight and height recommendations INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 1442 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 lbs 18 kg and 80 lbs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit INFINITI recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle
430. ollowing steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position c Insert the clip through the under cover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 d Install the other bolts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly AX WARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer e Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend an INFINITI retailer for servicing A CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmis sion which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty POWER STEERING FLUID oS O OLO SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked using the
431. omeLink Universal Transceiver but ton has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just pro grammed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink but tons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or retailer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver with your new transmit ter information FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Instruments and controls 2 65 MEMO
432. ompart ment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CD DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CD DVDs are not guaran teed to play Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable DVDs DVD R DVD R DL Rewritable DVDs DVD RW DVD RW DL Do not use the following CD DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD DVDs that are not round CD DVDs with a paper label CD DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CD DVDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CD DVDs If the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be dis played Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc e This may be an error due to the temperature inside the player being too high Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reins
433. on P 4 16 For navigation system control buttons 7 INFINITI controller P 4 6 Refer to the separate Navigation 8 STATUS status display button System Owner s Manual P 4 10 3 INFO vehicle and navigation infor 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 x lt brightness DOWN button P 4 10 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power X and the engine will not start i 55 BJ 7 SAA2954 Models without navigation system 1 INFO vehicle information button 5 gh ECON button P 4 10 P 4 10 6 SETTING button P 4 16 2 STATUS status display button 7 INFINITI controller P 4 6 P 4 10 8 sz OFF brightness control and 3 DISP display setting button P 4 10 display ON OFF button P 4 10 4 x brightness UP button P 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Models without navigation system HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display by rotating or pushing the center dial upward downward and push the ENTER button for operation If you push the BACK button before the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen After the setup is completed push
434. on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist system may not prevent the vehicle from rolling back wards on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to de press the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury 5 100 Starting and driving The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill The hill start assist system will operate automatically under the following condi tions e The transmission is shifted to a forward or reverse gear e The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding time is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely The hill start assist system will not operate when the transmission is shifted to the N Neutral or P Park position or on a flat and level road 4 WHEEL ACTIVE STEER 4WAS SYSTEM if so equipped The 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system is an electronically controlled four wheel steering system Depen
435. on and the headlight switch is turned to OFF Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse 8 Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer The holder also contains the fuses For checking and or replacing see an INFINITI retailer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine INFINITI parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Open the fuse box lid Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer Spare fuses a
436. on switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Pushing the XM radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM XM radio XM band select Pushing the XM radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 gt XM1 The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning e For XM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button l4 or pp to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK button t lt or to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the follow ing notices will be displayed under certain conditions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected e
437. on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccu pied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illumi nated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passenger air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air
438. one Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands SAA2551 Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list e Phone Commands e Navigation Commands e Information Commands e Audio Commands e Help Commands The voice commands in the category are displayed Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts Ey Dial Number Enters a domestic phone number and dials it Alternate Command Mode ON 10 Pu To exit hold the TALK switch The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to v speak the command that the system requested When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned sh the switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command correctly the voice command status on the right side of the command turns from 4 140 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems None to Stored Minimize voice feedback for Alter nate Command Mode Settings Speaker Adaptation To minimize the voice feedback from the system perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Continuous Learning Sel
439. onsumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing INFINITI recommended cellular phones When the connection process is com 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems pleted the screen will return to the Phone menu display PHONE SELECTION Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the system To switch to connect another cellular phone push the button and select the Connected Phones key The registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently con nected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system VEHICLE PHONEBOOK This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands free use Depending on the phone the system may automatically download the entire cell phone s phone book into the Handset Phonebook For the details about downloading a phone book see Phone setting later in this section If a phonebook does not auto matically download the vehicle phone book may be set for up to 1 000 entries This phonebook allows the recording of a name to speak while using voice recogni tion Settings Edit Vehicle Phonebook po iM Yul B 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX SAA2521 Push the button and select the Vehicle Phonebook key Select the Add New key at the top of the screen Settings Vehicle Phonebook po m Yall Copy from
440. ont bumper To keep the Preview Function operating properly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is da maged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer e Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AX WARNING e The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading In
441. operate after the vehicle speed becomes above approxi mately 3 MPH 5 km h AX WARNING When the DCA system is not necessary be sure to turn off the dynamic driver assis tance switch Using the system when it is not necessary may result in an accident Starting and driving 5 75 i SETTING With navigation system Settings Navigation Volume amp Beeps ECO DRIVE Phone Driver Assistance Bluetooth Others Adjust settings for driver assist SSD1001 5 76 Starting and driving How to enable disable the DCA system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the DCA system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER 2 button 2 Highlight the Dynamic Assistance Set tings key and push the ENTER button Settings Dynamic Assistance Settings o ON O ON O ON Distance Control Assist Lane Departure Prevention Blind Spot Intervention SSD1002 3 Highlight the Distance Control Assist key select ON enabled or OFF dis abled and push the ENTER button For the LDP and BSI systems see Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system earlier in this section and Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system earlier in this section Under t
442. operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER AX WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid exces sive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers
443. or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINITI con troller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen Push and hold the OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on Models without navigation system The display brightness can also be ad justed using the y button or xt button HOW TO USE DISP BUTTON Push the DISP button to show the display setting screen See Display settings models with navigation system later in this section HOW TO USE BH ECON BUTTON models without navigation system Push the ECON button to show fuel economy information See Fuel Economy information later in this section HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation if so equipped information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle See the following for details 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information Shows distance to empty and fuel economy Models with navigation system G Information Fuel Economy Tire Pressure Maintenance SAA2145 Models without navigation system Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel Select an item from the INFO menu 3 After viewi
444. or filler cap P 8 11 9 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 11 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 13 11 Drive belts P 8 21 12 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 26 i ah i a 0 10 Illustrated table of contents SDI2537 VQ37VHR ENGINE Battery P 8 19 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 26 Engine oil filler cap P 8 13 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 17 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 18 6 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 16 7 Air cleaner P 8 22 8 Radiator filler cap P 8 11 9 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 11 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 13 11 Drive belts P 8 21 12 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 26 ICR Nhe Illustrated table of contents 0 11 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning light CHECK BRAKE CRUISE CRUISE e 1 0 12 All Wheel Drive AWD warning light ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light AT Brake warning light Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Intervention BSI 2 12 system warning light orange Charge warning light Distance Control Assist DCA i i 2 12 system warning light orange Engine oil pressure warning light a3 3 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS 2 AERA warning light Intelligent Cruise Control ICC 2 13 system warning light orange Lane departure warning light orange
445. or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohi bit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Starting and driving 5 101 Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support e A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank 5 102 Starting and driving DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AX WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or gr
446. ot be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone the phonebook System models with navigation system earlier in this section page 4 89 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag 4 142 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide sccssseeee 5 3 Three way CatalySt ce eeccessseceeeeeeeeeseeeeeee 5 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 4 Avoiding collision and rollover cceeeeeeee 5 6 Off road reCOVETY scceceesecesssceceeseeeeeseeeeeee 5 7 Rapid air pressure lOSS ceceseeeceeeeseeeeeeeee 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 8 Intelligent All Wheel Drive AWD driving Safety Precautions ccceeceeesssceceeseeeeeseeeeeee Push button ignition switch Operating range for engine start function 5 10 Push button ignition switch operation 5 10 Steering lock if so equipped eseeee 5 11 Push button ignition switch positions 5 11 Emergency engine shut off cceeeesee eee 5 12 Intelligen
447. other part of the vehicle for jack pees point Align the jack head between the e Never jack up the vehicle more than two notches in the front or the rear as necessary shown Also fit the groove of the jack e Never use blocks on or under the jack head between the notches as shown e Do not start or run the engine while The jack should be used on level firm vehicle is on the jack as it may cause ground the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differ entials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack In case of emergency 6 5 2 6 6 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire In case of emergency SCE0661 Installing the spare tire The T type spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequ
448. ou so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www InfinitiUSA com for U S customers or www infiniti ca for Canadian custo mers 10 Index Number 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system 5 100 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS warning light 2 13 A ABS Anti lock Braking System cesses 5 96 Active noise control ccessecceestccesseeeesseeeees 5 103 Adjustable headrests scessessccssseeseeeseeeseeees 1 8 Air bag system Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag SYSOM ee eeseeseeseseseeesseeeseeeeneees 1 49 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental Air DAS SYStOM wis seuiecy ssusiecesencsseveceuseeesueedevevs 1 49 Air bag warning labels eeseesseeeseeeeeeeenee 1 52 Air bag warning light sesers 1 52 2 16 Air cleaner housing filter te eeseeseeeeeeeeeeee 8 22 Air conditioner Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendationS ceseeseeseee 9 7 Automatic climate control 4 33 In cabin microfilter eeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeee 4 47 Air filter In cabin microfilter eessesseereeereeeeeenee 4 47 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security SYSOM eeecececesceecceceteeeneeees Alcohol drugs and driving Sis Antenna bacseschsvccsscessecsteeyveccvossasvessavasevenvessoacsoeses Anti lock Braking Sy
449. ould like to store another location for the same name If the user does not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to delete a specific number or all numbers in the phonebook The system an nounces the names of the phone numbers already stored in the system The system then gives the option to delete a specific number or all num bers Once the user chooses to delete a number or all numbers the system asks the user to confirm Help The system announces the available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 Telephone Menu 0 00 3 Pecent Calls K tif Incoming l Redial tij Outgoing tij Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back Recent Calls Incoming Use the Incoming command to make a call viewing the list of incoming calls Missed Use the Missed command to make a call viewing the list of missed calls Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to make a call viewing the list of outgoing calls Redial Use the Redial command to dial the last outgoing call Callback Use the Callback command to dial the last incoming call Help The system announces the available commands 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu 0 00 E K4 if Add Phone il Replace Phone dif Select Phone tl Bluetooth On Off tij Delete Phone tij Help Enter Manual Mode
450. ould mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE DURE The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the sup plemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI retailer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AX WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the activated pretensioner must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by an INFINITI retailer The air bag module and pretensioner system cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and the pretensioner system should be inspected by an INFINITI retailer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of t
451. ound three times Then the BSI system slightly applies the brakes on one side to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane NOTE When overtaking several vehicles in a row the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together SSD1036 Starting and driving 5 41 Entering from the side The BSW BSI indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side NOTE The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detec tion zone 5 42 Starting and driving If the driver activates the turn signal then the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the BSW BSI indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when another vehicle is detected If the BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches the lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and a chime will sound three times Then the BSI system slightly applies the brakes on one side to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane NOTE e The BSI system will not operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker when another vehicle enters the detection zone In this case only the BSW system operates
452. ous injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use cruise control except in appropriate road and traffic conditions In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur Starting and driving 5 47 ETE 1 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 2 Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode Push the MAIN switch to choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode and the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 4 quickly push and release the MAIN switch A To choose the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch for longer than approximately 1 5 5 48 Starting and driving seconds Once a control mode is activated it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the MAIN switch once to turn the system off Then push the MAIN switch again to turn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent Cruise Control system display For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode s
453. p strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or da maged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions sup plied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or clea ners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polish ing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the fini
454. perating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors and open the trunk lid SPA2407 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle or the trunk make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors or the trunk Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle request switch can be set to remain inactive See Vehicle information and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voic
455. phone and voice recognition systems When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Return All Settings to Default Select this item and then select YES to return all settings to the default Settings Clock On screen Clock Clock Format 24h Offset hour lt a hr Offset min Ga O min Daylight Savings Time Time Zone SAA2487 Clock settings models with navi gation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key and then selecting the Clock key The clock settings display cannot be operated while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe place and apply the parking brake before setting the clock On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format 24h When this item is turned to ON the 24 hour clock is displayed When this item is not turned to ON the 12 hour clock is displayed Offset hour min Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item
456. ple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are de signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be cor rectly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fin ishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0132B AX WA
457. ple become locked inside the trunk or in the event of the loss of electrical power such as a discharged battery Releasing inside the trunk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid as illustrated Releasing from the rear seat You can access the release handle through the trunk pass through rear seat armrest See Armrest in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section To open the trunk lid from the rear seat pull the release handle towards front of vehicle until the lock releases FUEL FILLER DOOR a SPA2735 OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations then push the upper left side of the door e Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you e Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key e Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position To lock close the fuel filler door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key the mechanical key o
458. pper Vent key and the indicator on the screen will illuminate 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The air flow against the driver s or passenger s upper body becomes gen tle Distribution between straight and up ward flows is determined automatically by the climate control system If you prefer strong air flow against your upper body select the Upper Vent key to turn the indicator light off When the outside temperature de creases to approximately 14 F 10 C the Upper Vent function does not activate The Upper Vent function reactivates automatically when ambient temperature is 14 F 10 C or more Le Te ss Type B ap front defroster button to rear window defogger button See Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the 2 Instru ments and controls section OFF button for climate control sys SOS Tia SAA2951 tem fan speed decrease button fan speed increase button AUTO automatic operation button a Forest button 8 lt gt intake air control button 9 CLIMATE button 10 11 Temperature control button driver side 12 of manual air flow control button driver side 13 s manual air flow control button passenger side 14 15 Temperature control button passen ger side Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogn
459. pressure is detected If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Low tire pressure warning light earlier in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 15 TIMER indicator This indicator appears when the set TIMER indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See Trip computer later in this section 16 Low outside temperature warn ing This warning appears if the outside tem perature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See Trip computer later in this section 17 Cruise indicator Cruise main switch indicator The indicator is displayed when the cruise control main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indicator disappears When the cruise control main switch indicator is displayed the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator The indicator is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the indicator blinks while the 2 23 Instruments and controls engine is running it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer See Cruise control in the 5
460. r A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system D Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see Security systems later in this section pa Low beam indicator light green The low beam indicator light illuminates when the front park lights rear combina tion lights and license plate lights are on The indicator light turns off when the a is turned off amp 9 Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position Make sure the ignition switch is pushed
461. r the power door lock switch FUEL FILLER CAP AX WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 3 22 result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for fla
462. r if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supple mental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that appro priate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are
463. r less than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth audio device will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the Bluetooth audio play mode screen is shown on the display Bluetooth audio will be indicated on the header of the screen Rey RANDOM RDM REPEAT RPT To change the play mode push the RDM RPT button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows Normal Shuffle All Tracks Shuffle Group Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks Repeat Group Normal Operation keys To operate a Bluetooth audio device select a key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller gt Play Select the gt key to start playing when pausing Select this key again to pause the audio play ll Pause Select the u P key to pause the Blue tooth audio device Select this key again to resume playing Play Mode The play mode setting display will appear when the Menu key is selected Choose the preferred play mode from the 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems following items e Shuffle Choose Shuffle OFF Shuffle All Tracks and Shuffle Group e Repeat Choose from Repeat OFF Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks an
464. r Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying INFINITI If Transport Canada receives com plaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that INFINITI conduct a recall campaign However Transport Cana da cannot become involved in indivi dual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI You may contact Transport Canada s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects Technical and consumer information 9 21 online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speakers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify INFINITI of any safety con cerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 361 4792 9 22 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only A vehicle equipped with Intelligent All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar
465. r lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle e Do not put anything on the rearview The system is designed as an aid to the camera The rearview camera is installed driver in detecting large stationary objects above the license plate to help avoid damaging the vehicle The e When washing the vehicle with high system will not detect small objects below pressure water be sure not to spray it the bumper and may not detect objects around the camera Otherwise water Maximum Resolution 2048 x 1536 pixels Maximum Size 2 MB Colors 32768 15 bit Maximum File Name lengths 253 Bytes Maximum Folders 500 monitoring range limitation Maximum Images per Folder 1024 If an electronic device such as a digital camera is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable no image will be displayed on the screen If the file name is too long some file names may not be entirely displayed When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a directory exceeds 100 characters all files will show a shor tened 8 character version The image will still be displayed when selected close to the bumper or on the ground AX WARNING e The rearview camera is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper backing up Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly
466. r light green SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL D Security indicator light Dd Low beam indicator light GD Turn signal hazard indicator lights ee Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator FF light if so equipped circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the dot matrix crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See Dot matrix liquid crystal display later in this section WARNING LIGHTS AWD All Wheel Drive AWD warning light if so equipped The awp warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the Intelligent AWD system malfunctions or the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See Intelligent All Wheel Drive AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section A CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the Intelligent AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible e If the AWD warning light blinks on when you are driving blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change
467. r to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with REAR ORI 33 PSI the tip of the gauge stem to GINALTIRE release pressure Recheck the 3B ESI pressure and add or release air Checking the tire pressure as needed 60 PSI 1 Remove the valve stem cap from 6 Install the valve stem cap SPARE TIRE the tire 7 Check the pressure of all other 420 kPa 2 Press the pressure gauge tires including the spare squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure re position the gauge to eliminate this leakage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 P215 60R16 94H Example Example TIRE LABELING Tire size example P215 60R16 Federal law requires tire manufac 94H turers to place standardized informa 1 P The P indicates the tire is tion on the sidewall of all tires This designed for passenger vehicles information identifies and describes Not all tires have this informa the fundamental characteristics of tion the tire and also provides the tire 2 Three digit number 215 This identification number TIN for safety number gives the width in milli standard certification The TIN can be meters of the tire from sidewall used to identify the tire in case of a edge to sidewall edge recall 3 Two digit number 60 This num b
468. r your Bluetooth Device for more details Once your Bluetooth device is connected to the in vehicle audio system it will automatically reconnect whenever the de vice is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth Audio from your audio system You do not need to manually reconnect for each usage Regulatory information FCC Regulatory information e CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause inter ference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause inter ference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 Settings Settings Bluetooth Settings Bluetooth Nav
469. radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the doors and the trunk lid using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or condi tions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system A CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicat ing with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system trans mits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station e When in possession of wireless equip ment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key
470. rate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition INTELLIGENT ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU TIONS AX WARNING e Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with Intelli gent AWD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH e This vehicle is not designed for offroad excessively rough road use Do not drive on sandy A WARNING or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in e For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D Drive or R Reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in i hicle d l oA a e aes Gach leet set Before operating the push button ignition topay switch be sure to move the selector lever e Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped to the P Park position vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel t
471. re stored in the fuse box Extended storage switch if so equipped To reduce battery drain the extended storage switch comes from the factory switched off Prior to delivery of your vehicle the switch is pushed in switched on and should always remain on If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE If the extended storage switch malfunc tions or if the fuse is open it is not necessary to replace the switch In this case remove the extended storage switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating How to remove the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage switch Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 2 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts SDI2294 To replace the battery 1 2 Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the mechan ical key Insert a flat blade screwdriver wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the corner Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part 3 Replace the battery with a
472. re driving checks and adjustments 3 25 The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver operation see HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the 2 Instruments and controls section OUTSIDE MIRRORS AX WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror then adjust using the control switch Defrosting outside mirrors The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is oper ated SPA2738 Foldable outside mirrors AQ CAUTION e Do not touch the mirrors while they are moving Your hand may be pinched and the mirror may malfunction e Do not drive with the mirrors stored You will be unable to see behind the vehicle
473. re pressure warning light illumi nates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section AX WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after the 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting R
474. rease or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will skip to the next or previous index e Pushing the menu control switch will show the iPod Menu CD e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 folder number if playing compressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch will show the CD Menu DVD models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the title number e Pushing the menu control switch will select an item from the DVD display e When the transparent operation menu appears the switch will control the menu USB e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the USB Menu Music Box models with navigation sys tem e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the album folder number if playing com pressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch
475. receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall build ing or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless con nection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please contact an INFINITI retailer Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or elim inate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone anten na etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear
476. recognition systems section For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instru ments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section AX WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE informa tion is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire fail ure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If Starting and driving 5 5 the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after
477. res subscrip tion sold separately Not avail able in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com QU INFINITI e 2011 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owners Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechan ical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM INFINITI CARES Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your INFINITI retailer are our primary concerns Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your INFINITI retailer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions please con tact our INFINITI s Consumer Affairs De partment using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 662 6200 For Canadian customers 1 800 361 4792 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information e Your name address and telephone number e Vehicle identification number on dash panel e Date of purchase e Current odometer reading e Your INFINITI retailer s name e Your comments or questions You can write to INFINITI with the informa tion
478. revent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The VDC warning light amp flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off except for rise up and build up and brake force distribution and the VDC warning light will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warn ing light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL if so equipped This system senses driving based on the driver s steering and acceleration braking patterns and controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help smooth vehicle response When the drive mode selector switch is set to the SPORT mode the amount of brake control provided by active trace control is reduced When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system the active trace control system is also turned off If the active
479. rike or damage the area around the radar sensors Consult an INFINITI retailer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision e The BSI system uses the same camera that is used by the LDW LDP system located in front of the inside mirror For maintenance of the camera see Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system earlier in this section Radio frequency statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 310 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Frequency of operation 24 05GHz 24 25GHz Field Strength Not greater than 2 5V m peak 0 25V m average at a distance of 3 m The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equip ment Such modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunc tions it will cancel automatically The SET indicator on the dot matrix crystal display will then blink to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperature be comes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled auto matically If the SET indicator blinks
480. ring wheel There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen e Answer Accept an incoming call to talk 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the following procedures listed below 1 Select the Hang up key Push the button on the steering wheel Phone Om Full Call in Progress 0 15 Use Handset XXXXXXXXXXX Switch Call SAA3587 DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary e Hang up Finish the call e Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone e Mute Mute your voice to the person e Keypad Using the touch tone send digits to the connected party for using services such as voicemail e Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is se lected Mute will be canceled e Switch Call Select Switch Call to answer another incoming call By selecting Hang up you can end a call and can speak to a caller who is on hold again This function may not be usable depending on the model of phone To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while
481. ring wheel Then say a command after the tone SAA2532 Getting Started Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system If you choose Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using INFINITI Voice Recognition Information User Guide Information User Guide Tips on Speaking Commands 3 88066262200 Say commands when there are minimal gt background sounds Digits were not recognized correctly Please check the Say voice commands clearly analysis of your speech for possible improvements Avoid talking slow or with long pauses Volume of voice 6 rie ay Say commands after the tone Speed Slow Good Fast eo Early Good Late o TAg Start of speaking SAA2534 SAA2533 Let s Practice Useful tips for correct operation This mode helps learn how to use the You can display useful speaking tips to INFINITI Voice Recognition system help the system recognize your voice 1 Select the Let s Practice key commands correctly 2 After the message scree
482. ring heater equipped P 2 40 Trunk lid release switch P 3 19 Warning systems switch if so equipped P 5 22 P 5 31 P 5 82 IBA OFF switch if so equipped P 5 86 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel lever P 3 23 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Menu control switch models with navigation system Audio tuning switch models without navigation system P 4 87 BACK switch models with naviga tion system P 4 87 TALK switch P 4 114 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem models with navigation system P 4 89 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem models without navigation sys tem P 4 100 Volume control switch P 4 87 Audio source switch P 4 48 switch if so 15 16 Steering wheel Horn P 2 41 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 39 Heated steering wheel if so equipped P 2 40 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 45 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 47 Dynamic driver assistance switch if so equipped P 5 31 P 5 69 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 INSTRUMENT PANEL Digey T 0 8 Side ventilator P 4 33 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 16 Meters and gauges P 2 6 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 40 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 34 Illustrated table of contents Center di
483. rmation about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Now Playing Playlists Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers e Audiobooks e Shuffle Songs The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e mew returns to the previous screen e pt plays pauses the music selected Next Previous Track and Fast For ward Rewind When the or i4 button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the gt or t button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing Rpr REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Shuffle Off Shuffle Off Repeat Off Repeat One Repeat All Shuffle Albums Shuffle Songs Repeat All Repeat Off Shuffle Albums Shuffle Songs Repeat Off Repeat All MUSIC BOX models with naviga tion system The Music Box hard drive audio system can store songs from CDs being played The system has a 9 3 gigabyte GB storage capacity The following CDs can be recorded in the Music Box har
484. rning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 PASS e wv AIR BAG OFF Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light AX WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located above the ashtray After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or operates depending on the front passenger occupied status The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as out lined in this section The illumi nates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions outlined in thi
485. rol DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive e DVD VIDEO e VIDEO CD e CD DA Conventional Compact Disc e DTS CD USB Universal Serial Bus This system supports various USB memory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players There are some USB devices which may not be supported with this system e Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB con nector e Do not force the memory stick or USB cable into the USB connector This could damage the connector e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humid ity If this occurs remove the USB device and dehumidify or ventilate the USB player completely e The USB player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compart ment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use e Do not leave USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air conditioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged e The vehicle is not equipped with a USB memory stick e A USB device cannot be formatted with this system To format a USB device 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems use a personal computer Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly Some characters use
486. rsions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 5 Models with navigation system 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be Cannot play played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac M4A m4a or AA3 aa3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratche
487. s ACTIVE NOISE CONTROL depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts AX WARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground SAA3004 This system uses microphones Q located wore inside the vehicle to detect engine boom Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded ing sound The system then automatically 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper produces a muted engine booming sound properly extension cord or a grounded outlet can through the speakers and woofer if e Do not cover the speakers or woofer result in a fire or electrical shock and so equipped to reduce engine booming e Do not cover the microphones cause serious personal injury sound To operate the active noise control system Starting and driving 5 103 e Do not change or modify speakers including the woofer and any audio related
488. s Avoid hard braking as much as possi ble 5 90 Starting and driving INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Main tain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the high way Avoid unnecessary stopping and brak ing Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road conditions Avoid unnecessary prolonged engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic main tenance schedule Keep the tires inflated at the correct pressure Improper tire pressure will increase wear and waste fuel Make sure the front wheels are properly aligned Improper alignment will cause premature tire wear and lower fuel economy Climate control operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air condi tioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag INTELLIGENT ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped Warning light Comes on or blinks when Sol AWD H N Comes on There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly SSD0336 The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position It turns off soon after
489. s e Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses Instruments and controls 2 49 usage see Keys in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section GLOVE BOX AX WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key 2 50 Instruments and controls SIC4346 CONSOLE BOX To open the console box push up the knob and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until latched Type A Type B SIC3929 SIC4348 CARD HOLDER The card holder is located on or behind the driver s or passenger s sun visor To use the card holder slide the card in the card holder SIC4351 REAR POCKET To open the rear pocket push the button Instruments and controls 2 51 a a gt SIC3248 COAT HOOKS The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear personal lights A CAUTION Do not place items which are more than 2 lb 1 kg on the hook 2 52 Instruments and controls AQ CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb 10 kg to a single hook TRUNK HOOKS AX WARNING e Always make sure that the cargo is properly secured Use the suitable ropes and hooks e
490. s Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain ing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel
491. s 1 and 2 will blink once when the function is canceled and the indicator lights will blink twice when the function is activated Note that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a stored memory position Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the entry exit function The entry exit function can also be acti vated or canceled if the Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key or Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit key is turned to ON or OFF in the Comfort settings settings See Ve hicle information and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Initialize entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will not work though this function was set on before In such a case after connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the LOCK position The entry exit function will be activated SPA2792 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION The seat synchronization function automa tically adjusts the positions of the steering wheel and outside mirrors when the seat is adjusted using the power seat switches However the steering wheel and outside mirrors will not move if t
492. s express or implied regard ing the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Ser vers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new en hanced or additional data types or cate gories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTI CULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRIN GEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Copyright Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Grace note is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 delivery For more information please visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2009 Gracenote Grace
493. s performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch Opening windows The UNLOCK Q button operation also allows you to open the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See Power windows in the 2 Instruments and controls section To open the window push the door UNLOCK Q button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK g button If the window open operation is stopped in mid operation while pushing the UNLOCK mw button release and push the UNLOCK gw button again until the window opens completely Window cannot be closed using the In telligent Key The door window can also be operated by turning the mechanical key in a door lock See Doors earlier in this section Opening trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and
494. s the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approxi mately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compres sion than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality AAC M4A Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling fre quency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than
495. s necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AX WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SSS0100 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety earlier in this section and Child restraints earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint man ufacturer s instructions SSS0654 Rear facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac
496. s section The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as de scribed below as permitted by U S regula tions If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be auto matically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF howeve
497. s that can be spoken for the hands free mode system Example In order to initiate a call speak Phone book INFO e If you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command speak Help The system announces the available com mands e When you speak numbers you can speak both zero or oh for 0 Personal vocabulary voicetags Voice Recognition System is equipped with the function called voicetags which can be associated with the phone number and name in the phonebook Using the voice tag will automatically generate a speed dial to the registered number See Phonebook registration earlier in this section You can call the identified number using the following command Dial followed by the voice tag Dialling a name with a voice tag It is possible to call up a name via a voice tag instead of a number provided the name and number of your correspondent has been previously stored in the phone book Dial via a voice tag according to the following procedure 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 Push the amp switch 2 The system replies please say a command after the beep Available commands are Call Phonebook Re cent Calls Connect Phone or Help 3 Give your instructions to the system by saying Dial John for example John must h
498. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational AX WARNING Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bags and curtain air bag
499. sed by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood AX WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If cool ant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine AX WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITI retailer If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Informa tion Booklet Canada In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING YOUR VEH
500. seeeeseeseeses 4 33 Engine block heater sessesseeseeeeesessersersesse 5 102 Hill start assist system 5 100 HomeLink Universal Transceiver s ssseeeesee 2 61 Hood Telia Enn rren rE A tevenesevcseseses 3 18 Hook Coat HOOKS iesirea sai ri 2 52 O EPNER TATTA 2 41 l Ignition switch Push button ssssssseessessessessessoessessessesssessesse 5 9 Automatic transmission models 0000 5 14 Immobilizer system sesssessssosesresosresesessesersesese 2 30 In cabin microfilter eesseessseesssessssssssesssessssessse 4 47 Indicator Dot matrix display 2 20 Lights 0 2 16 Indicator lights cee seseesseeeeseeesseeeseeeseeeeeeeees 2 16 INFINITI Drive mode Sele CtoF ccesseeeeeseees 5 19 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 000 2 30 ENSING SLATE cchsccasrerestevicrsermsccrseiestasesoreents INFINITI voice recognition system cceeees INFO DUTON 5 4355 isescdcsenctsssechsseiacdessencoasedesdaseasady Inside mirror Inspection maintenance I M test Instrument brightness control Instrument panel oo ceceeeeeseseeeteeseeee Intelligent All Wheel Drive AWD ccecccee Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light 2 17 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system 4 5 86 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 47 Preview function cessceesceeeeereeeereeeseeenee 5 69 Intelligent Cruise Contr
501. select the desired heat range e For high heat turn the knob to the right e For low heat turn the knob to the left e The indicator light will illuminate when the heater is on To turn off the heater return the knob to the OFF position G Make sure that the indicator light turns off The heater is controlled by a thermis tor automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS if so equipped The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of the seat The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob A to the heat side or to the cool side The indicator light on the control knob will illuminate 3 Adjust the temperature using the con trol knob 4 When the vehicle s interior is warmed or cooled and or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the control knob to the OFF position center The indicator light on the control knob goes off at the OFF position To check the air filter for the climate controlled seat contact an INFINITI retailer AX WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot
502. servoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it AX WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion e When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children R ig DI0137MA Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL and LO
503. sh or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI retailer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corro sion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A caution When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant clea ners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e INFINITI recommends
504. sh the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the door 3 Open the window completely by oper ating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer MOONROOF AX WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child re straints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof is can celed 2 55
505. shed to the ON position The brightness of the BSW BSI indicator lights is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light A chime sounds if the radar sensors have already detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn signal If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal then only the BSW BSI indicator light flashes and no chime sounds See BSW BSI driving situations later in this section Starting and driving 5 33 Warning systems switch The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the BSW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the center display See How to enable disable the BSW system using the settings menu later in this section When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if the BSW the Lane Departure Warning LDW and the Forward Collision Warning FCW systems are deactivated For the LDW and FCW systems see Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane 5 34 Starting and driving Departure Prevention LDP system earlier in this section and Forward Collision Warning FCW system later in this sec tion i SETTING SSD0939 With navigation system Settings Navigation Phone Volume amp Beeps ECO DRIVE Driver Assistance Bluetooth Others Adjust settings for driver assist SSD
506. shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels sepa rately to determine axle loads In dividual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by INFINITI in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto matic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Alwa
507. signal The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off e When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 70 km h e When the Blind Spot Intervention BSI system activates an audible warning or brake control After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied the LDW functions will resume SIC4335 Warning systems switch The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the LDW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the center display See How to enable disable the LDW system using the settings menu later in this section When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if the LDW the Blind Spot Warning BSW and the Forward Collision Warning FCW systems are deac tivated For the BSW and FCW systems see Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system later in this section and Forward Collision Warning FCW system later in this section How to enable disable the LDW system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER 2 button 2 Highlight the Driver Assistance Warn i
508. sion in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details go Blind Spot Intervention BSI ON indicator light green if so equipped The light comes on in green when the Blind Spot Intervention BSI system is turned on The light turns off when the system is turned off NOTE This light is common with the blind spot warning light orange See Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Intervention BSI system warning light earlier in this section For more details see Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system in the 5 Starting and driving section ECO ECO drive indicator light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light will come on in orange turn green and then turn off When the drive mode select switch is turned to the ECO mode the ECO drive indicator light will illuminate or change its color depending on the accelerator pedal operation to help assist the driver to drive economically For more details see Eco mode in the 5 Starting and driving section 0 Front fog light indicator light The front fog light indicator light illumi nates when the front fog lights are on See Fog light switch later in this section 25 Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light 7 will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OF
509. sition get out of the vehicle ously position 8 P The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON inside warning chime sounds for a few position seconds Push the ignition switch to the OFF position When closing the door after get ting out of the vehicle EEA TNA The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the selector lever to the P Park The SHIFT P warning appears on the display cae d th l l 3 aH ae d h the ieniti itch to th and the outside chime sounds continuously position and the selector lever is not in position and push the ignition switch to the the P Park position OFF position When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you inside lock knob turned to LOCK and all the doors unlock or trunk y 8 y yous When pushing the request switch The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you or LOCK button on the Intelligent The outside chime sounds for a few seconds or trunk Key to lock the door A door is not closed securely Close the door securely A The outside chime sounds for approximately 3 ca hoes When closing the trunk lid 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 REMOTE KEYLES
510. snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohi bit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When instal ling tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain man ufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommo date the use of
511. splay P 4 4 Navigation sys tem if so equipped Clock P 2 46 Center multi function control panel Navigation if so equipped system 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Vehicle information and setting buttons P 4 10 Audio system P 4 48 Automatic climate control system P 4 33 Forest Air system P 4 33 Center ventilator P 4 33 Audio system P 4 48 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 39 Hood release handle P 3 18 Fuse box cover P 8 26 Parking brake Parking P 5 18 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 Climate controlled seat switch P 2 43 Seat heater switch P 2 41 Drive mode select switch P 5 19 Cigarette lighter and ashtray P 2 47 Glove box lid release handle P 2 50 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 20 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual METERS AND GAUGES Swen Tachometer P 2 7 P 2 20 Warning Indicator lights P 2 10 6 Fuel gauge P 2 9 Speedometer P 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 8 Dot matrix liquid crystal display Odometer twin trip odometer 1C4317 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT VK56VD ENGINE Battery P 8 19 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 26 Engine oil filler cap P 8 13 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 17 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 18 6 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 16 7 Air cleaner P 8 22 8 Radiat
512. splay even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a malfunction To turn off the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again e If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears replace the battery as soon as possible See Intelligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear the ignition switch to OFF After Check fluid levels such as engine oil coolant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appear ance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head re straints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passen gers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See Warning indica tor lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section or N Neutral position P is recom mended The starter is designed not to operate unless the selector lever is in either of the above positions Push the ignition switch
513. ssssessssesssees Booster seats sssi iresi s Supplemental restraint system esesessseesseeese Precautions on supplemental restraint SySteMss sssi esssico risposi INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats aiene E r SE Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air ag SysteMS y eresrssses isce rrecreer dersi Paets essi oes Seat belts with pretensioners front seats Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Repair and replacement procedure SEATS Sit upright and well back AX WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See Pre cautions on seat belt usage later in this section Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents The seatback should not be reclined further than necessary for comfort Sea
514. ssure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure e The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction e Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires e You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See TIRE PRESSURE information in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice
515. stance Control Assist DCA system Waring ISHE eher r RANEA Distance to empty Dot matrix liquid crystal display Drive belts Drive positioner Driving Cold weather driving eeeseeeeseeeereereeeeress 5 101 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 DVD player operation 4 65 ECO drive indicator light ECO mode Sexe ECO pedal system eeeeseeseesseeeseeeseeeseeeees Economy Fuel Elapsed time Elapsed time and trip odometer Emission control information label seis Emission control system warranty Engine Before starting the engine Break in schedule Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants sceeceee 9 2 Changing engine coolant Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine coolant level Checking engine oil level Coolant temperature gauge Emergency engine shut off Engine block heater ssccccssteesseeeeeee Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system Engine oil Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil replacement indicator 2 25 Engine oil viscosity 0 0 eeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeseee 9 6 Engine serial NUMbEL sesecsseeereeeeeeeee 9 12 Engine specifications eo we 9 8 Engine start operation indicator e 2 22 If your vehicle overheats vee 6 11 Starting the engine 0 eeeseeseeeseeeeeeeee 5 13
516. sted properly When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset e When a sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge While the LDP system is operating you may hear a sound of brake operation This is normal and indicates that the LDP system is operating properly Starting and driving 5 27 LDP ON indicator light green Warning light orange LDP system operation The LDP system provides a lane departure warning and brake control assistance when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi mately 45 MPH 70 km h and above When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane a warning chime will sound and the lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver Then the LDP system will automa tically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return 5 28 Starting and driving the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane The warning and assist functions will stop when the vehicle returns to a position inside of the lane marker Dynamic driver assistance switch The LDP system turns on when the dynamic driver assistance switch on the steering wheel is pushed when the Lane Departure Prevention is enabled in the settings menu on the center display
517. steering wheel is slightly turned even when driving on a straight road Drive carefully to the nearest INFINITI retailer light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI retailer or other authorized repair shop Engine oil pressure warning The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so cruise Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malfunc tion in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer i Lane departure warning
518. stem When the Text key is selected on the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while a USB memory is being played the music information listed below will be displayed on the screen e Folder title e File title e Song title e Album Title e Artist 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Menu Movie Playback Folder List Track List SAA2502 Menu models with navigation system There are some options available during playback Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following infor mation for each item e Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files e Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables switch ing to the movie playback mode e Play Mode Select the preferred play mode 0 00 00 Wide Settings SAA2503 Movie file operation models with navigation system Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images DISC AUX PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory
519. stem ABS eseseseeeees 5 96 Appearance care Exterior appearance CALEC cesceseesseeseeeees Interior appearance care Armrest ds Ashtrays See cigarette lighter and ashtrays 2 47 Audible reminders sesssesssceseeeseeeseeeseeenees 2 19 Audio operation precautions ceseeseeeeeeee 4 48 AUDIO SYSEOM ss seesiscsesscesssevsciescessteaceesssensedessest 4 48 Steering wheel audio controls eee 4 87 Autolight system ceseeseesecsrceeseeesseesseeenees 2 35 Automatic Automatic climate control Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 16 Climate control ele eeteeereeeneeceeeeeeeneees 4 33 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Automatic door locks 2 0 eeeseeeseceseeeseeeseeeseeeees Automatic drive positioner ccccescccesseeeeees Automatic MOOnroo scesssceseeeseeeseeeseeeeees Automatic Seat positioner ccscccssseesseeeeeee Average fuel consumption and speed Avoiding collision and rollover cceseceeeereeee B Battery ss oeae See ESNE ETIE 8 19 Battery replacement Intelligent Key 3 2 Battery Saver system ccssceeseeseeseseseseees 2 36 Intelligent Key 8 29 Variable voltage control system cc0e 8 20 Before starting the engine ee eeeeeseeeeeeeee 5 13 Belts See drive belts sccssccesccsseesteeeeeenee 8 21 Blind Spot Intervention BSI ON Indicator lig
520. stem checked by an INFINITI retailer When the engine is started the headlights 2 37 Instruments and controls will vibrate to check the system condition This is not a malfunction BRIGHTNESS MAX BRIGHTNESS sicaeat IAAT BRIGHTNESS MIN 2 38 Instruments and controls Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position When the switch is operated the dot matrix liquid crystal display switches to the brightness adjust ment mode Push the upper switch to brighten the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the maximum brightness MAX appears on the display Push the lower switch to dim the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the minimum brightness MIN appears on the display G However MIN does not appear during the nighttime The dot matrix liquid crystal display returns to the normal display under the following conditions e when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds e when the side or front of the J switch or switch on the right side of the combination meter panel is pushed SIC3271 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automati cally Lane change signal To i
521. system auto matically decelerates your vehicle to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead Manually brake when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance upon sudden braking by the vehicle ahead or when a 5 78 Starting and driving SSD0997 vehicle suddenly appears in front of you Always stay alert when using the DCA system The Distance Control Assist DCA system helps assist the driver to keep a following distance to the vehicle ahead by braking and moving the accelerator pedal upward in the normal driving condition When a vehicle is detected ahead The vehicle ahead detection comes on indicator When vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead e If the drivers foot is not on the accelerator pedal the system activates the brakes to decelerate smoothly as necessary If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system e If the drivers foot is on the accelerator pedal the system moves the accelera tor pedal upward to assist the driver to release the accelerator pedal When brake operation by driver is re quired The system alerts the driver by a warning chime and blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator If the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal after the warning the system moves the accelerator pedal upward to assist the driver to switch to the brake pedal The stoplights of the vehicle
522. t Push Starting essees 6 10 Push button ignition switch 5 9 5 10 R Radio Car phone or CB radio cesseccsssceeseeeeees 4 89 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD players isietilaissceicisdiientigdticeceiaties Rain sensing auto wiper system Rapid air pressure loss Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test WS only a tort tate A EE 9 22 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lOCK ccssseeeeeeeees 3 6 Rear pocket Rear sunshade 10 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch Rearview monitor Recorders Event data 9 23 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 11 Remote keyless entry SySteM cceseseees 3 14 Reporting safety defects 9 21 Rise up and build up wee 5 99 Roadside assistance program Rollover Roof Moonroof Safety Child seat belts eeesseeceereecseeeeeeeeneees Reporting safety defects Satellite radio operation Seat adjustment Front power Seat adjustment esseseeeeee 1 3 Front SOAS aaresto ia ar e E a 1 3 Seat belt s Child safety Infants Injured persons Larger children sa Precautions on seat belt usage eee 1 12 Pre crash seat belts with comfort function Pregnant women Seat belt cleaning Seat belt extenders cssccssscccsserecesseeees 1 18 Seat belt maintenance 1 18 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 15 Sat belts iieiea 1 1
523. t belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system being injured is increased AQ CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 sec onds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion for the seat position memory function Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also SSS0834 the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when t
524. t ri SEa ees r ee a AE AE E E AEAEE 2 48 CUp NOldErS ives cist eccasesccacecsncsdicsees edocs evecdasseee 2 48 Sunglasses holder cc ceeeccceeeseeeeeeseeeeeee 2 49 GIOVE BOX EREE desde oti cddtsn sv cabased eevee s 2 50 CONSOLE DOK 03 eds dacs cacedSassceuesececsecadaveszeden does Card holder Rear pocket Coat NOOKS 2s eren ereitte i EEE ASE EST THUNK HOOKS 3225 series artense i RE WNdOWS osese eee aE EEAS AR AERE ESES Power WINCOWS cssccossccssccssccesccnsscnssoneses Moonro0l essceeseees Automatic moonroof Rear sunshade if so equipped Welcome light ccceccesesceeessceeeeseeeeeseeeeeseees Battery saver system Interior LIGHTS cccccccesesssceccvecesvsetiecestecesecesssoeasesde Map shis seinninn iiie inasi Personal UghtS eirese Vanity mirror lights THUNK USN ois cccecessssacccescensans conse sees HomeLink Universal Transceiver Interior light control SWitch c sees eens Programming HomeLink c ccscceceeseeeees Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUStOMETS cscceseesceeseeeeeeeee 2 63 Operating the HomeLink Universal Transceiver sccceseeseeeeeseeeeees 2 64 Programming trouble diagnosis 06 2 64 Clearing the programmed information 2 64 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button ccccceccesseesesseeseesseeeees 2 64 If your vehicle is Stolen eee ccscceeeeeeees 2 65 COCKPIT
525. t Cruise Con trol ICC system if so equipped the Distance Assist DCA system if so equipped information the Intelligent Key operation information and other warnings and information For details about the automatic transmis sion position indicator see Indicator lights earlier in this section For details about the cruise control see Cruise control in the 5 Starting and driving section For details about the ICC system see Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem in the 5 Starting and driving section For details about the DCA system see Distance Control Assist DCA system in the 5 Starting and driving section For the details about the Intelligent Key system see Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjust ments section WARNING RELEASE PARKING BRAKE WARNING RANGE A LOOSE FUEL CAP 000 miles WARNING CHECK TIRE PRESSURE PIEXIT CRUISE CRUISE STANDARD SIC4678 Instruments and controls 2 21 INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator This indicator appears when the selector lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed You can start the engine directly in any position 2 Steering lock release malfunc tion indicator if so equipped
526. t Key battery discharge 5 12 Before starting the engine ee eeeeeceeeeeeeeee 5 13 Starting the Engine eeceeseeeceeeceeeeesseeeees 5 13 Driving the Vehicle cceeeeeccesseceeeeeeeeeeeseees 5 14 Automatic transmission ccessesssceeseeeees 5 14 Parking Drake cccccceccedeccsvcsascsccactecccssescaveseccssvesss 5 18 INFINITI drive mode Selector ccseeeceeeeeseees 5 19 Standard Mode esessscesssseceesceeesseeeeeees 5 19 Sport MOE siscscscccvsiccdesccssnsedcieescsanecesevesecas sede 5 19 SNOW MOC rrr cs becsciaececcusussyesecuecevesiveecetess ECOUMOdE ciciscciscvcsdcssadedsocesanesdsvdasecedaVeceuseves Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system if SO EQUIP PE secs eovsesandeatoaceasbgete ceca vs aosecee as see Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system Lane camera unit maintenance 006 Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system if so equipped BSW system Operation ccesecsessesseeseeeees BSI system Operation cessscsescessceseeees BSW BSI driving situationS ccscccceeees BSW BSI malfUnction ccccceeecseceeeceeee System MAINTENANCE ceeseeesecesceeseeeeee CruiSe CONTHOL cceeceecscesccsccsccscesccscescescees Precautions on cruise Control ssceeees Cruise
527. t a Bluetooth cellular phone Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered you to initiate connecting from the enter the code 1234 1 Push the button on the steering phone handset The code is always 1234 regardless wheel The system announces the INFO 3 of the number of phones paired available commands The Add Phone command is not avail The connecting procedure of a cellular able when the vehicle is moving phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owners Manual for more information 2 Speak Connect Phone The system acknowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 LF Telephone Menu 0 00 Telephone Menu 0 00 dj Phone Name a CS CS nj m E Phonebook 4 tij a name tl Delete Entry tij Help tl Transfer Entry 5 The system asks the user to speak a name for the phone Speak Yes The system acknowl edges the command and registers the cellular phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells the user then prompts the user for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells the user then prompts the user for name again PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION When the cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle module the data stored
528. t operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from play ing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AX WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air e If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommenda tion to prevent carbon monoxi
529. t yourself sec tion for wiper blade replacement Instruments and controls 2 33 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH TO aa HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS AX WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI retai ler e Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional headlights It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will dras tically decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI retailer To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take yo
530. talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Ml Full 0 00 Settings Phone Add or edit phonebook entries SAA2898 PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key Edit Vehicle Phonebook To edit the vehicle phonebook use the same procedure as described in Vehicle phonebook earlier in this section Delete Phonebook The vehicle phonebook entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 Download Handset Phonebook Download the contacts registered in a Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading proce dure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for details When Auto Download is active the system will automatically re download the entries registered in the phone everytime it is paired with the vehicle even after you delete the entries from your vehicle s Handset Memory Volume The following kinds of phone volume can be set Pushing the button and selecting the Volume key can also operate the same settings e Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call To increase or decrease the volume select the Ringtone
531. tance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book let Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat
532. tch to the CANCEL side 2 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key 3 Lock the glove box and the trunk pass through with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 See Trunk lid later in this section Storage in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOORS AX WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents SPA2527 LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors
533. tect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge Starting and driving 5 23 Lane departure warning light orange LDW system operation The LDW system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 70 km h and above When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane a warning chime will sound and the lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers The LDW system is not designed to warn 5 24 Starting and driving under the following conditions e When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the
534. ted Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water VENTILATORS AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators A WARNING K This symbol indicates that the ventilators are 3 ee r A closed e The air conditioner cooling function This symbol indicates that the ventilators are operates only when the engine is run Open ning e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to SAA3149 cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Front e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the automatic climate control system SAA3012 Rear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 When the STATUS button is pushed the automatic climate control status screen will appear See How to use STATUS button earlier in this section Status Audio off You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button oy a se iL 75 Models with navigation system Status Audio O
535. the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button later in this section The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the vehicle information display This is due to the timing difference in updating the information and does not indicate a mal function For models without the navigation system the information can be displayed by pushing the ff ECON button on the control panel Information Tire Pressure Kk Kk psi Select Units Models with navigation system i Information gt Tire Pressure Rear Left_ Left Rear Right Right I ka a psi psi SAA3147 Models without navigation system 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TIRE PRESSURE information AX WARNING e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS The tire pressure will be displayed for reference The pressure indication kPa or psi on the s
536. the cabin temperature without blowing air di rectly on the occupants Distribution between straight and upward flows is determined automatically by the climate control system If you prefer strong air flow against your upper body select Upper Vent key to turn the indicator off e When the outside temperature de creases to approximately 14 F 10 C the Upper Vent function does not activate The Upper Vent function reactivates automatically when the ambient temperature is 14 F 10 C or more Display Forest Air system setting screen The Forest Air setting screen will appear when selecting the Forest Air Setting key For the details about the Forest Air system setting operation see Setting Forest Air later in this section Display Forest Air Information screen The Forest Air system information screen will appear when selecting the Forest Air Info key For details about the Forest Air system information screen see Forest Air sys tem Information later in this section FOREST AIR The Forest Air system keeps the air inside the vehicle clean using the automatic air intake system and automatic ventilation The Forest Air system also makes the inside of the vehicle more comfortable using a combination of the upper ventilator and center ventilators at random Forest Air is a trademark of Nissan Motor Co Ltd Main operation Push the
537. the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity This wireless hands free car kit is based on Bluetooth technology Frequency 2402 MHz 2480 MHz Output Power 4 14dBm E I R P Modulation FHSS GFSK 8DPSK r 4DQPSK Number of Channel 79 This wireless equipment can t be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibi lity of radio interference REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth Bluetooth is a tra
538. the center display When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if all of the warning systems are deactivated using the settings menu The FCW system will sound a warning chime and the vehicle ahead detection indicator light blinks to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to the vehicle 2 44 Instruments and controls ahead See Forward Collision Warning FCW system in the 5 Starting and driving section The LDW system will sound a warning chime and blink the lane departure warn ing light orange to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers See Lane De parture Warning LDW system Lane De parture Prevention LDP system in the 5 Starting and driving section The BSW system will turn on the BSW Blind Spot Intervention BSI indicator lights located next to the outside mirrors if the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone If the turn signal is activated in the direction of the detected vehicle a chime sounds twice and the BSW BSI indicator light will flash See Blind Spot Warning BSW system Blind Spot Intervention BSI system in the 5 Starting and driving section INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA OFF SWITCH if so equipped SIC4337 The vehicle should be driven with the Int
539. the driver s door open 4 A chime sounds when the setting is completed Once the welcome light function is active the puddle light and the passenger cabin illumination will illuminate when you approach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key within approximately 3 3 ft 1 m of the antenna built inside the door handles and the following conditions are met e All doors are closed and locked e The ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF position e The Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle e The puddle light operates within a set duration In order to help maximize battery life do not store the Intelligent Key within the vehicle detection range BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM The welcome light function will be deacti vated automatically to prevent battery discharge under the following conditions e If the welcome light function does not operate within a set duration Note that the duration is set to 9 days as the factory default setting To activate the welcome light function again start the engine If the welcome light function is acti vated 15 consecutive times when you approach and leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key without the doors being unlocked To activate the welcome light function again unlock any door INTERIOR LIGHTS SIC4356 MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off SIC3250 PERSONAL LIGHTS Rear Push the button as illustrated to turn the li
540. the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent AWD system while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high power train oil temperature The driving mode may change to two wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is blinking after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible AX WARNING e For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised o
541. the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView monitor mode It may take some time until the Rear View monitor is displayed after the selector lever has been shifted to R from another position or to another position from R Objects may be distorted momentarily until the Rear View monitor screen is displayed com pletely When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunc tion When strong light directly enters the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluores cent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night This is not a malfunction If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView monitor may not clearly display objects Clean the cam era Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely af fec
542. the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash type injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 certain rear end collisions After the colli sion the head restraints return to their original positions Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTS AX WARNING The adjustable headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury s ss0992 in certain rear end collisions Adjust the headrest properly as specified in this The illustration shows the seating posi Components section Check the adjustment after some tions equipped with adjustable headrests one else uses the seat Do not attach m Indicates the seating position is anything to the adjustable headrest stalks equipped with an adjustable headrest or remove the adjustable headrest Do not use the seat if the adjustable headrest has been removed If the adjustable headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the adjustable headrests This may incr
543. the seat belt is unfastened the motor retracts the seat belt If the seat belt is not fully retracted the motor retracts the seat belt when the door is opened Always wear your seat belt correctly and sit upright and well back If the motor cannot retract the seat belt when the seat belt is fastened or unfas tened it may indicate the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the system When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly in a short period of time the motor may not be able to retract the seat belt After 30 seconds the motor reactivates and retracts the seat belt If the seat belt still cannot be retracted by the motor the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the system THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT AX WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly SSS0292 Fasteni
544. the settings again CRUISE SSDO0999 Condition C When the DCA system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light CRUISE orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and turn on the DCA system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal Starting and driving 5 81 conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Sensor maintenance How to handle the sensor The sensor for the DCA system is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To handle the sensor see Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in this section 5 82 Starting and driving FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM if so equipped The Forward Collision Warning FCW sys tem will warn the driver by the vehicle ahead detection indicator light and chime when your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane The FCW system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi mately 10 MPH 15 km h and above SSD0943 SSD0749 Vehicle ahead detection indicator light The FCW system uses the distance sensor located below the front bumper to measure the distance to the vehic
545. the vehicle ahead are covered with dirt snow or road spray When visibility is low such as rain fog snow etc When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles is splashed When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the visibility of the sensor When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle When abruptly accelerating or de celerating On a steep downhill slope or on roads with sharp curves When there is a highly reflective object near the vehicle ahead i e being very close to another vehicle signboard etc Depending on certain road conditions curved or beginning of a curve vehicle conditions steering position or vehicle position or the preceding vehicle s conditions position in lane etc the system may not function properly The system may detect highly reflective objects such as reflectors signs white markers and other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane and provide unnecessary warning Starting and driving 5 83 The system may not function in offset conditions The system may not function when the distance to the vehicle ahead is extre mely close The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent plastic bag etc the system may not detect them In these instances the
546. this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats AX WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be replaced to gether with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the preten sioner system checked and if necessary replaced by an INFINITI retailer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioners This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioner system Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in ser ious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioners should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of the preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupan
547. tical order e Genres Play tracks by a selected genre My Playlists Displays the Playlist and edits the Playlist if necessary Select the Edit key The following items are available e Add Current Songs Add a current track to the Playlist e Add Songs by Album Displays a list of albums in alphabetical order Selecting an album displays all of the tracks in the album Select tracks from the list to add to the Playlist e Add Songs by Artist Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks by the artist Select tracks from the list to add to the Playlist e Edit Songs Order Reorder the tracks in the Playlist by selecting a track and specifying the order e Edit Name Edit the name of the Playlist using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use INFINITI controller earlier in this section e Delete Songs Delete tracks in the Playlist by selecting from the displayed song list Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode from the following items Normal 1 Album Repeat 1 Track Repeat 1 Playlist Random 1 Artist Random 1 Album Random 1 All Track Random 1 All Random Edit Music Information Displays the following information about the Music Box hard drive to edit if necessary e Edit Information of Current Song Edit the Track Artist and Genre information of the current track using the keypad displayed on the screen S
548. tify an INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or mainte nance work see Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When check ing the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km If your vehicle is equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear tires cannot be rotated Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long dis
549. tings are available e Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The other method is to push and hold the OFF button for more than 2 seconds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off auto matically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the OFF button e Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key Then you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Color Theme Choose the theme color of the menu screen from Black Brown or Silver Settings gt Display Auto Day Display Brightness Contrast Background Color SAA2115 Display settings models without navigation system The Display screen will appear when pushing the DISP button on the control panel Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the ON indicator off When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation
550. tions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the BSW system will resume automatically For the BSI system turn it off and turn it on again If the BSW BSI warning light or ange continues to blink even after the BSI system is turned on again stop the vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off Check for and remove objects obscuring the radar sensors on the rear bumper and restart the engine If the warning light orange continues to blink have the BSW BSI systems checked by an INFINITI retailer Starting and driving 5 43 BSW BSI MALFUNCTION When the BSW BSI systems malfunction they will be turned off automatically a beep will sound and the BSW BSI system warning light orange will illuminate Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light orange continues to illuminate have the BSW BSI systems checked by an INFINITI retailer 5 44 Starting and driving SSD1027 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE e The two radar sensor units for the BSW and BSI systems are located near the rear bumper Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean Do not attach stickers including transparent material install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors Do not st
551. tivate the Alternate Command Mode Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the following procedure for displaying the voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode 4 128 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems E USN Display the commands of voice recognition Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Command List key Information Command List CE Information Command List Phone Commands E Navigation Commands Dial Number amp _Previous_ Information Commands Vehicle Phonebook Audio Commands Handset Phonebook International Call Help Commands Incoming Calls Next 1 5 1 2 Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA2545 SAA2546 5 Select a category from the list 6 Select an item 7 If necessary scroll the screen using the INFINITI controller to view the entire list 8 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 129 Command list Phone Commands C OR SOSCSCSCSCSCSCSC C C S SCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSNNNNNNN Call history Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls
552. tly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km AM 60 to 130 miles 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single station FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibit ing many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interfer ence from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter c
553. to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn e If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the 5 Starting and driving section aeo Automatic transmission check warning light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the transmission erake or Brake warning light This light
554. to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to INFINITI s original exacting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts INFINITI does not warrant non INFINITI parts nor does INFINITI s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple 9 24 Technical and consumer information zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imita tion parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance com panies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect y
555. top the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake SAA2492 Full Screen Display The full screen display will appear when selecting the Full Screen Display key To operate the Image Viewer or to change the settings select the desired key using the INFINITI controller Start Select the gt key to start playing the slideshow e Ld e C7 Stop Select the gt key to stop the slideshow e C Next Select the key to display the next file e w _ Previous Select the gt key to display the previous file Setting the Image Viewer The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the Settings key on the full screen display The following settings are available for the full screen display e Slideshow Speed Select the Slideshow Speed key From the following display select the changing time from 5 10 30 60 seconds or No Auto Change e Slideshow Order Select the Slideshow Order key From the following display select Random or Order List For Order List the image order is the order of the files as stored on the USB memory Operating tips e Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed Image type JPEG File Extensions jpg jpeg Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 REARVIEW MONITOR When the selecto
556. tor light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train HomeLink completing the programming may re quire a ladder and another person for convenience Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door opener s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a second person to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having
557. track being recorded is stored either in the hard drive or in the CD the title is automatically displayed on the screen For title acquisi tion from the hard drive music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote If a track is not recorded successfully due to skipping sounds the mark is displayed behind the track number The Music Box hard drive cannot perform recording under the following conditions e There is not enough space in the hard drive e The number of albums reaches the maximum of 500 e The number of tracks reaches the maximum of 3 000 Automatic recording If the Automatic Recording function is turned to ON recording starts when a CD is inserted See Music Box settings later in this section Stopping recording To stop the recording select the Stop REC key button by touching the screen or using the INFINITI controller If the CD is ejected the audio system is turned off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the recording also stops Music Box My Playlists TUNE Track Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Track 1 of 1 SAA2515 Playing recorded songs Select the Music Box audio system by using one of the following methods e Push the audio source switch on the steering wheel repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode See Steering wheel mounted controls for au
558. trange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high tempera tures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes im mediately have the exhaust system in spected by an INFINITI retailer See Precautions when starting an
559. ts The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light amp is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See Supplemental air bag warning light later in this section If the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the seat belt pretensioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Man ual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in th
560. ts it back and announces the available commands After system responds speak Dial and the system dials the spoken numbers Operating tips Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is B If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice Push the switch or the BACK button once to return to the previous screen If you want to cancel the command push the s switch The message Voice input is canceled will be announced If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak commands The Voice Recognition System requires a certain way to speak voice commands Speak normally and clearly in the direction of the microphone located in front of the rearview mirror Every digit of the number must be spoken individually and in a normal manner The hands free mode will work best when the telephone number is spoken in blocks of three to five digits After each spoken block is terminated the system will repeat the three to five digits and wait for you to speak the next digit or block of digits required for the telephone number See List of voice commands later in this section for the appropriate command
561. tton to set to the automatic mode e When the y button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically turn on when the outside air tem perature is above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield The air recir culation mode will automatically turn off The outside air circulation mode will be selected to improve the 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems defogging performance Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings To turn off the heater and air conditioner push the OFF button Fan speed control Push the fan speed control 2 button to increase the fan speed Push the fan speed control g button to decrease the fan speed Push the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode Air flow control Push the w button to change the air flow mode t Air flows from the center and side ventilators Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets 2 Air flows mainly from the foot outlets Zy Air flows from the defogger and foot outlets t r Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C Air recirculation Push the intake air control lt gt
562. turer s instructions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on fully extended At this time the seat the shoulder belt to remove any slack belt retractor is in the Automatic Lock in the belt ing Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0657 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that th
563. ule before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www InfinitiUSA com bluetooth for a recommended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall build ing or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless con nection the battery power of the 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www InfinitiUSA com blue tooth for troubleshooting help
564. uminate e If the lane departure warning light orange illuminates pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle Turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light orange continues to illuminate have the LDP system checked by an INFINITI retailer e Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard The functions of the LDP system warning and brake control assist may or may not operate properly under the following con ditions e On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non stan dard lane markers lane markers cov ered with water dirt snow etc On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as shadows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs The LDP system could detect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adju
565. unction Brake Force Distribution or hill start assist system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If a malfunction occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control sys tem function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Variable voltage control system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual INDICATOR LIGHTS AFS az Adaptive Front lighting System AFS off indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the Adaptive Front lighting System AFS off indicator light will illumi nate The light will turn off in about 1 second if the AFS is operational This light also illuminates when the AFS is turned off using the AFS switch If the AFS off indicator light blinks it may indicate the AFS is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer See Adaptive Front lighting System AFS later in this section P 1 Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the automatic selector position In the manual shift mode when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear due to a transmission protection mode the AT position indicator light will blink and a chime will sound See Automatic transmis
566. unk release power cancel switch 3 20 Turn Signal SWitCh es sessesseeeseeeeneeeseeeseeesees 2 39 U Underbody cleaning cscccsscsscscssssssssssceeees 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading s es 9 19 USB memory operation cecesseesseesseseeees 4 68 V Vanity MiO oee rererere sonan e EEES 3 27 Vanity mirror lights eeeeee 2 61 Variable voltage control system csceceesseeee 8 20 Vehicle DIMENSIONS 5 cis caservesstvcceancdcavivereccowrvedeivedeatdes Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 45 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 98 Vehicle dynamic control VDC warning light ccsscccesseceestrceesseeeessseeee 2 16 Vehicle information and settings display 4 10 Vehicle identification number VIN scee 9 11 10 8 Vehicle loading information seses 9 15 Vehicle security SySteM ssessessesreeeseeeseees 2 29 Ventilators sannana A aai 4 33 Voice command Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System sessssseseseseseseseseseseseseseresereseses 4 106 Voice command INFINITI voice recognition system ssesessesessssssesesseses 4 121 4 130 Voice recognition Alternate command mode ssceseeseeeee 4 127 Voice recognition system esessesessesssrereseereeee 4 114 Voice recognition Standard mode 0 4 114 WwW Warning Dot matrix display 0 eeeeeeesseeeeeeeeseeeeee 2 20 Hazard warning flas
567. up or down hills The gauge needle returns to 0 Empty after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers 0 Empty The low fuel warning f appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel level is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches 0 There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 A CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the ane malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the atF light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer e For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL later in this section Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Brake warning light Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Inter vention BSI system warning light orange Charge warning light Distance Control Assist DCA system warn CRUISE ing light orange 4WAS 4 Wheel Active Steer 4WAS warning light Yy Engine oil pressure warning light
568. ur vehicle to an INFINITI retailer and have the headlights adjusted cor rectly It will automatically turn off in approxi mately 15 minutes AQ CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operation 2 34 Instruments and controls SIC3267 HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the a position The front park side marker tail and license plate lights will come on Turn the switch to the zO position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on SIC3268 Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF or 42 position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light For US models The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather when the windshi
569. utton For the sensor maintenance see Intelli gent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in this section 5 86 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system warns the driver by a warning light and chime when there is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane and the driver must take avoidance action immediately The system helps reduce the rear end collision speed by applying the brakes when the system judges that the collision cannot be prevented The IBA system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi mately 10 MPH 15 km h and above and when your vehicle is driven at speeds approximately 10 MPH 15 km h faster than the vehicle ahead SSD0943 SSD0749 Vehicle ahead detection indicator light The IBA system uses a distance sensor located below the front bumper to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead When the system judges that your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane the vehicle ahead detection indicator light on the instrument panel blinks and a warning chime sounds The IBA system will be turned on off by pushing the IBA OFF switch The IBA OFF indicator light display will illuminate when the system is turned off PRECAUTIONS ON IBA SYSTEM AX WARNING e The IBA system is not a collision avoidance system It is the driver s responsibi
570. ver properly Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly e Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard e Never place your foot under the brake pedal when the IBA system turns on Your foot may be caught when the system controls the brake e A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front i e it abruptly cuts in may not be detected and the system may not warn the driver soon enough e The system will be cancelled automati cally with a beep sound and the IBA warning light will illuminate under the following conditions When the sensor window is dirty When the system malfunctions If the IBA OFF indicator light illuminates with a beep sound pull off the road to a safe location stop the vehicle and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor window is dirty If the sensor window is dirty clean it with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the sensor window is not dirty restart the engine If the IBA OFF indicator light continues to illuminate even if the IBA system is turned on have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer SSD1000 IBA system operation The IBA system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi mately 10 MPH 15 km h or above and when the vehicle s speed is approximately 10 MPH 15 km h faster than that of the vehicle ahead To turn the system off on push and hold the IBA OFF switch for more than
571. w the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For informa tion regarding the erasing procedure please contact an INFINITI retailer r LS SPA2033 Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors glove box and trunk pass through lid if they are equipped with a key cylinder See Doors later in this section and Trunk lid later in this section Storage in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section AQ CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel swi
572. w this procedure 1 Push the button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display Select the Handset Phonebook key on the PHONE menu Select the desired entry from the list Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list QO Ml Yul S245 Phone Handset Phonebook 0 15 m xxxx XXXXXXXXXXX Phonebook Delete One Del Phone No SAA2621 5 Select the Call key to start dialing the number There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Handset Phonebook in step 2 above e Vehicle Phonebook Select an entry stored in the Vehicle s Phonebook Call History Select an outgoing incoming or missed call downloaded from your cell phone depending on your phone s compat ibility Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 e Dial Number Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen models with navigation system ear lier in this section Fhone QO M Ful Incoming Call amp 0 00 XXXXXXXXXXX Hold Call Reject Call RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below 1 Select the Answer key 2 Push the button on the stee
573. warning is displayed Select this menu to see the details of warnings SECURITY SYSTEMS SIC2132 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that acti vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo nents in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when unat tended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protec tion such as component locks identifica tion markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and speci alty shops Your INFINITI retailer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system T Close all windows The system can be armed even if the wi
574. when the selector lever is in the R Reverse position and the steering wheel is turned The predicted course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES AX WARNING e Always turn and check that it is safe to park your car before backing up Always back up slowly e Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road condition and road grade e lf the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predicted course line may not be displayed correctly On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line If the battery is disconnected or be comes discharged the predicted course lines may not be displayed correctly If this occurs drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right because the rearview camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed ob jects When backing
575. while the ignition switch is in the ON position The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by turning the knob toward the front High or toward the rear Low e High High sensitive operation e Low Low sensitive operation To turn the rain sensing auto wiper system off push up the lever to the OFF position or pull down the lever to the LO or HI position A CAUTION Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position The wipers may operate un expectedly and cause to an injury or a wiper damage e The rain sensing auto wipers are in tended for use during rain If the switch is left in the AUTO position the wipers may operate unexpectedly when dirt fingerprints oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor e The rain sensing auto wipers may not operate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is raining When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent the speed of the rain sensing auto wipers may be high er even though the amount of the rainfall is small Be sure to turn off the rain sensing auto wiper system when you use a car wash Using genuine wiper blades is recom mended for proper operation of the rain sensing auto wiper system See Windshield wiper blades in the 8 Maintenance and do i
576. will show the Music Box Menu Bluetooth Audio models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number S BACK switch models with navigation system Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio source switch Push the audio source switch to change the mode as follows e Models with navigation system AM FM gt SAT CD DVD gt Music Box gt USB iPod Bluetooth Audio e Models without navigation system AM FM gt CD gt USB iPod SAT ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your INFINITI be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the elec tronic control modules and electronic con trol system harness AX WARNIN
577. witch in the za Or Z0 position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position When the headlight switch is in the a or zD position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automati cally turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the or 20 position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position CAUTION e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off the lights will not turn off auto matically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time otherwise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Ca nada only The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the za position Turn the headlight switch to the ZD position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake
578. with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immedi ately wipe until it is completely dry e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C e Ifthe outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure contact an INFINITI retailer SPA2538 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s o
579. x Forest button The xe and AUTO indicator light on 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the button will illuminate When the following functions and sensors are turned on the Forest Air system settings will activate e Breeze Mode e Outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor e Inside Air Quality sensor e Auto humidity control The fan speed and air flow is automatically set to the AUTO position e The Forest Air system can be adjusted and or activated deactivated for each function For details of The Forest Air system settings see later in this section e When the lt r Forest button is pushed while the air conditioner is off the air conditioner will automati cally activate e When the outside temperature drops to approximately 32 F 0 C the Forest Air system will automatically turn off and the system will not be reactivated automatically even if the outside tem perature reaches 32 F 0 C To reacti vate the system push the Forest button manually The indicator light on the s Forest button will illuminate e The air flow control is not available in the front defogger mode When the gp button is pushed while the Forest Air system is turned on the Forest Air system will turn off Operating tips Breeze Mode When this mode is ON fan speed fluc tuates during the Forest Air system operation creating a wind breez
580. y The angle will change each time the side or side is selected Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key Choose the setting time from 15 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the side or side DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number corresponding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the preferred language for subtitles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Select from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema modes Title List DVD VR Select the preferred title from the list Play Mode
581. y 20 MPH 32 km h e When the selector lever is not in the D Drive or manual shift mode e When the parking brake is applied When the VDC operates including the traction control system 5 68 Starting and driving e When a tire slips CRUISE CRUISE SSD0979 Warning light When the system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models The ICC system with the preview function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the vehicle ahead and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play For more details see Brake assist later in this section DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST DCA SYSTEM if so equipped The Distance Control Assist DCA system brakes and moves the accelerator pedal upward according to the dist
582. y cause uncomfortable seat sure the shoulder belt is routed over belt tension your shoulder and across your chest The three point type seat belts have two A WARNING modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR When fastening the seat belts be certain e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR that seatbacks are completely secured in The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR the latched position If they are not com mode allows the seat belt to extend and pletely secured passengers may be injured retract to allow the driver and passengers in an accident or sudden stop some freedom of movement in the seat 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see an INFINITI retailer SSS1084 Center of rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt
583. y liquids on the USB memory Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details JVHO049X Models with navigation system SOURCE JVHOO50X Models without navigation system 1 Audio source switch 2 Menu control switch models with navigation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system 3 Back switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CON TROLS FOR AUDIO Menu control switch models with navigation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system While the display is showing a MAP navigation systems only STATUS or Audio screen tilt the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset station e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will seek up or down to the next station e Pushing the menu control switch will show the list of preset stations XM Satellite Radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset channel e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will go to the next or previous category e Pushing the menu control switch will show the XM Menu iPod e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will inc
584. your vehicle from corrosion 7 7 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover 7 2 Appearance and care WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwash ing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water AQ CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soa
585. ys follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Qual ity Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applic able on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Technical and consumer information 9 19 TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to low est are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance AX WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not

Owner`s Manual - Infiniti Owner Portal

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents